Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

in our earthly life

  • 1 terreno

    adj.
    earthly, worldly.
    m.
    1 lot, terrain, land, patch.
    2 soil, ground.
    3 terrain, ground.
    * * *
    1 worldly, earthly
    1 (tierra) land, piece of land, ground; (solar) plot, site
    2 GEOGRAFÍA terrain
    4 DEPORTE field, ground
    \
    ceder terreno figurado to give way
    conocer el terreno figurado to be familiar with something
    estar en su propio terreno figurado to be on home ground
    ganar terreno / perder terreno to gain ground / lose ground
    hacer algo sobre el terreno to do something on the spot 2 figurado to improvise something
    saber uno el terreno que pisa figurado to know what one's doing
    preparar el terreno figurado to pave the way, prepare the ground
    ser terreno abonado (para algo) figurado to be receptive (to something)
    terreno conocido figurado familiar ground
    ————————
    1 (tierra) land, piece of land, ground; (solar) plot, site
    2 GEOGRAFÍA terrain
    4 DEPORTE field, ground
    5 figurado (esfera de acción) field, sphere
    * * *
    noun m.
    2) ground, land
    3) plot
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (Rel) [bienes] earthly
    2) (Bio, Geol) terrestrial
    2. SM
    1) (=extensión de tierra) [gen] land; (=parcela) piece of land, plot of land

    nos hemos comprado un terreno en las afueraswe've bought a piece of land o plot of land o some land on the outskirts of the city

    2) [explicando sus características] (=relieve) ground, terrain; (=composición) soil, land
    3) (=campo)
    a) [de estudio] field
    b) [de actividad] sphere, field

    en cuanto a las pensiones, se ha avanzado poco en este terreno — as for pensions, little progress has been made in this area

    4)
    - vencer a algn en su propio terreno

    terreno abonado —

    5) (Dep)

    terreno de juego — pitch, field

    * * *
    I
    - na adjetivo
    a) (Relig) earthly
    b) ( no marino o aéreo) terrestrial (frml), land (before n)
    II
    1) (lote, parcela) plot of land, lot (AmE)

    el terreno llega hasta el ríothe land o plot o lot extends as far as the river

    3)
    a) (Geog) ( refiriéndose al relieve) terrain; ( refiriéndose a la composición) land, soil

    allanarle el terreno a alguiento smooth the way o path for somebody

    ceder/ganar/perder terreno — to give/gain/lose ground

    estar en su (propio) terrenoto be on one's own ground

    minarle or socavarle el terreno a alguien — to cut the ground from under somebody's feet

    pisar terreno firme/peligroso — to tread on safe/dangerous ground

    prepararle el terreno a alguien/algo — to pave the way for somebody/something

    sobre el terreno: estudiar sobre el terreno una situación to make an on-the-spot assessment of a situation; haremos planes sobre el terreno we'll plan things as we go along; tantear el terreno — to see how the land lies

    b) (Geol) terrane, terrain
    4) (esfera, campo de acción) sphere, field
    * * *
    (n.) = arena, land, turf, terrain, land area, ground, plot of land, piece of land
    Ex. This shifts the responsibility for headings and their arrangement into the arena of cataloguers and indexers.
    Ex. Until recently all libraries and some architects have maintained that an academic library should be capable of extension and that land should be reserved for future expansion.
    Ex. Librarians are losing the war for electronic professional turf.
    Ex. These surveyors reported on terrain character and presence of wood, water and forage, and studied Indian tribal customs and languages.
    Ex. Over 17% of Botswana's land area has been set-aside as national parks and game reserves.
    Ex. A profile is a scale representation of the intersection of a vertical surface with the surface of the ground.
    Ex. The core of readers and borrowers of agricultural literature are pensioners wanting to improving cultivation of their small private plots of land.
    Ex. So it is important that every piece of land is divided by a boundary to show the demarcation.
    * * *
    I
    - na adjetivo
    a) (Relig) earthly
    b) ( no marino o aéreo) terrestrial (frml), land (before n)
    II
    1) (lote, parcela) plot of land, lot (AmE)

    el terreno llega hasta el ríothe land o plot o lot extends as far as the river

    3)
    a) (Geog) ( refiriéndose al relieve) terrain; ( refiriéndose a la composición) land, soil

    allanarle el terreno a alguiento smooth the way o path for somebody

    ceder/ganar/perder terreno — to give/gain/lose ground

    estar en su (propio) terrenoto be on one's own ground

    minarle or socavarle el terreno a alguien — to cut the ground from under somebody's feet

    pisar terreno firme/peligroso — to tread on safe/dangerous ground

    prepararle el terreno a alguien/algo — to pave the way for somebody/something

    sobre el terreno: estudiar sobre el terreno una situación to make an on-the-spot assessment of a situation; haremos planes sobre el terreno we'll plan things as we go along; tantear el terreno — to see how the land lies

    b) (Geol) terrane, terrain
    4) (esfera, campo de acción) sphere, field
    * * *
    terreno1
    1 = arena, land, turf, terrain, land area, ground, plot of land, piece of land.

    Ex: This shifts the responsibility for headings and their arrangement into the arena of cataloguers and indexers.

    Ex: Until recently all libraries and some architects have maintained that an academic library should be capable of extension and that land should be reserved for future expansion.
    Ex: Librarians are losing the war for electronic professional turf.
    Ex: These surveyors reported on terrain character and presence of wood, water and forage, and studied Indian tribal customs and languages.
    Ex: A profile is a scale representation of the intersection of a vertical surface with the surface of the ground.
    Ex: The core of readers and borrowers of agricultural literature are pensioners wanting to improving cultivation of their small private plots of land.
    Ex: So it is important that every piece of land is divided by a boundary to show the demarcation.
    * andar por terreno peligroso = skate + on thin ice, tread on + dangerous ground.
    * andar por terreno resbaladizo = skate + on thin ice, tread on + dangerous ground.
    * caer en terreno baldío = fall on + barren ground, fall on + fallow ground.
    * caer en terreno pedregoso = fall on + stony ground.
    * ceder terreno = yield + ground, lose + ground.
    * con terrenos cedidos por el gobierno = land grant [land-grant].
    * en terreno conocido = on familiar grounds.
    * en terreno peligroso = on shaky grounds.
    * estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.
    * ganar terreno = gain + ground, make + headway.
    * gestión de terrenos = land management.
    * invadir el terreno (de Alguien) = encroach on/upon + Posesivo + domain.
    * limpiar el terreno de árboles = clear + land.
    * motocicleta todo terreno = dirt bike.
    * moverse en terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.
    * no ceder terreno = stand + Posesivo + ground.
    * parcela de terreno = plot of land, piece of land.
    * perder terreno = lose + ground.
    * pisar terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.
    * preparación del terreno eliminando todo tipo de obstáculos = land-clearing.
    * preparar el terreno = pave + the way (for/towards/to), set + the scene, clear + the path, smooth + the way, set + the stage, pave + the path (for/towards/to), lay + the groundwork for, pave + the road (for/towards/to), clear + the way.
    * preparar el terreno para = lead up to, smooth + the path of, clear + the ground for, fertilise + the ground for.
    * prueba sobre el terreno = field test, field trial.
    * sobre el terreno = on the ground.
    * tantear el terreno = put + feeler out, test + the water.
    * terreno conocido = familiar grounds.
    * terreno cultivable pequeño = croft.
    * terreno de deportes = sport arena.
    * terreno de juego = playing field, pitch.
    * terreno de pruebas = testing ground.
    * terreno desconocido = uncharted territory, uncharted waters, unchartered territory, unchartered waters.
    * terreno elevado = high ground.
    * terreno en construcción = building site.
    * terreno firme = firm ground, safe ground, solid ground.
    * terreno inhóspito = inhospitable terrain.
    * terreno maderero = timberland.
    * terreno nada fértil = stony ground.
    * terreno neutral = neutral ground.
    * terreno para construir = building site.
    * terreno pedegroso = stony ground.
    * terreno peligroso = on thin ice, slippery ground, on dangerous ground.
    * terreno poco definido = grey area [gray area].
    * terreno resbaladizo = on thin ice, slippery ground, on dangerous ground.
    * terrenos = site, landed estate, grounds.
    * terrenos de la finca = estate grounds.
    * terreno seguro = safe ground, solid ground.
    * terreno sin construir = vacant lot.
    * terrenos sin construir = vacant land.
    * vehículo todoterreno = all-terrain vehicle.
    * vencer a Alguien en su propio terreno = beat + Nombre + at + Posesivo + own game.

    terreno2
    2 = earthly [earthlier -comp., earthliest -sup.], worldly [worldlier -comp., worldliest -sup.].

    Ex: After that I could never pass a dead man without stopping to gaze on his face, stripped by death of that earthly patina which masks the living soul.

    Ex: There exist sets of duality in this philosophy; body versus soul, worldly versus unworldly and life versus salvation.

    (n.) = arena, land, turf, terrain, land area, ground, plot of land, piece of land

    Ex: This shifts the responsibility for headings and their arrangement into the arena of cataloguers and indexers.

    Ex: Until recently all libraries and some architects have maintained that an academic library should be capable of extension and that land should be reserved for future expansion.
    Ex: Librarians are losing the war for electronic professional turf.
    Ex: These surveyors reported on terrain character and presence of wood, water and forage, and studied Indian tribal customs and languages.
    Ex: Over 17% of Botswana's land area has been set-aside as national parks and game reserves.
    Ex: A profile is a scale representation of the intersection of a vertical surface with the surface of the ground.
    Ex: The core of readers and borrowers of agricultural literature are pensioners wanting to improving cultivation of their small private plots of land.
    Ex: So it is important that every piece of land is divided by a boundary to show the demarcation.

    * * *
    terreno1 -na
    1 ( Relig) earthly
    nuestra vida terrena our earthly life, our life on earth
    2 (no marino o aéreo) terrestrial ( frml), land ( before n)
    A (lote, parcela) plot of land, lot ( AmE)
    heredó unos terrenos en Sonora she inherited some land in Sonora
    un terreno plantado de viñas a field o an area of land planted with vines
    el terreno cuesta tanto como la casa the land costs as much as the house
    quieren construir en esos terrenos they want to build on that land o site
    el terreno llega hasta el río the land o plot o lot extends as far as the river
    Compuesto:
    field, pitch ( BrE)
    Escocia perdió frente a Gales en su propio terreno (de juego) Scotland lost at home to Wales, Scotland lost to Wales despite having home-field advantage ( AmE), Scotland lost to Wales on their home ground ( BrE)
    compraron una casa con mucho terreno they bought a house with a lot of land
    C
    un terreno montañoso mountainous terrain
    los accidentes del terreno the features of the landscape o terrain
    un terreno pantanoso marshy land, a marshy terrain
    un terreno bueno para el cultivo del trigo good land o soil for growing wheat
    allanarle el terreno a algn to smooth the way o path for sb
    ceder/ganar/perder terreno to give/gain/lose ground
    estar en su (propio) terreno to be on one's own ground
    llamar a algn a terreno ( Chi fam); to pull sb up ( colloq)
    minarle or socavarle el terreno a algn to cut the ground from under sb's feet
    pisar terreno firme/peligroso to tread on safe/dangerous ground
    prepararle el terreno a algn/algo to pave the way for sb/sth
    recuperar terreno to recover lost ground
    sobre el terreno: para estudiar sobre el terreno la situación to make an on-the-spot o an in situ assessment of the situation
    iremos haciendo planes sobre el terreno we'll plan things as we go along
    tantear el terreno to see how the land lies
    2 ( Geol) terrane, terrain
    Compuestos:
    terreno abonado or propicio
    es terreno abonado or propicio para la delincuencia it is a breeding ground for crime
    es un terreno abonado or propicio para la especulación it gives rise to a great deal of speculation
    familiar ground
    para él ya es terreno conocido he's on familiar ground, it's familiar ground to him
    D (esfera, campo de acción) sphere, field
    ejerció una gran influencia en el terreno de las artes he was a major influence in the arts
    * * *

     

    terreno 1
    ◊ -na adjetivo (Relig) earthly

    terreno 2 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (lote, parcela) plot of land, lot (AmE);


    un terreno plantado de viñas a field planted with vines;
    terreno de juego field, pitch


    2 (Geog) ( refiriéndose al relieve) terrain;
    ( refiriéndose a la composición) land, soil;

    3 (esfera, campo de acción) sphere, field;

    terreno,-a
    I adjetivo terrenal
    II sustantivo masculino
    1 Geol terrain
    2 (extensión de tierra) (piece of) land, ground: quiere cultivar su terreno, he wants to cultivate his land
    tiene un terreno en Valencia, he has land in Valencia
    un terreno arenoso, a sandy soil
    3 fig (campo de acción, investigación) field, sphere
    4 Dep terreno (de juego), field, ground
    ♦ Locuciones: le gusta saber qué terreno pisa, he likes to know where he stands
    ganar/perder terreno, to gain/lose ground
    preparar el terreno, to prepare the ground
    sobre el terreno, as one goes along
    ' terreno' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acotar
    - adyacente
    - allanar
    - alta
    - alto
    - badén
    - depresión
    - elevación
    - escabrosa
    - escabroso
    - finca
    - grieta
    - inclinación
    - juego
    - margen
    - monte
    - movediza
    - movedizo
    - nacional
    - ondulada
    - ondulado
    - orientar
    - parque
    - pelada
    - pelado
    - pendiente
    - polígono
    - regar
    - reseca
    - reseco
    - revalorizar
    - salar
    - salvaje
    - sanear
    - solar
    - terrena
    - terruño
    - tierra
    - triangular
    - abrupto
    - accidentado
    - accidente
    - adaptar
    - agreste
    - alameda
    - altibajos
    - anegar
    - arbolado
    - arenoso
    - asentar
    English:
    dirt bike
    - estate
    - extend
    - feeler
    - flatten
    - foresight
    - gain
    - gain on
    - ground
    - gulley
    - gully
    - ice
    - jeep
    - level
    - lose
    - lot
    - out-of-bounds
    - parcel
    - patch
    - pitch
    - plot
    - recreation ground
    - rent
    - rugged
    - ruggedness
    - scout
    - spread
    - stretch
    - survey
    - tenure
    - terrain
    - testing ground
    - tract
    - uneven
    - unfold
    - way
    - area
    - common
    - country
    - ease
    - green
    - mostly
    - piece
    - preserve
    - property
    - province
    - reclaim
    - site
    * * *
    terreno, -a
    adj
    Formal [vida] earthly; [bienes, preocupaciones] worldly
    nm
    1. [suelo] land;
    [por su relieve] terrain; [por su composición, utilidad agrícola] soil;
    grandes extensiones de terreno large tracts of land;
    terreno montañoso/abrupto mountainous/rugged terrain;
    terreno arenoso/volcánico sandy/volcanic soil;
    el terreno era irregular the ground was uneven;
    ser terreno abonado (para algo) to be fertile ground (for sth)
    terreno agrícola farmland;
    terreno cultivable arable land;
    terreno edificable land suitable for development;
    terreno rústico land unsuitable for development;
    terreno urbanizable land suitable for development;
    terreno no urbanizable land unsuitable for development
    2. [parcela, solar] plot (of land);
    tenemos unos terrenos en el pueblo we have some land in the village
    3. [en deportes]
    terreno (de juego) field, Br pitch;
    los jugadores saltaron al terreno de juego the players came out onto the field o Br pitch
    4. [ámbito] field;
    en el terreno de la música/medicina in the field of music/medicine;
    tiene muchos problemas en el terreno personal she has a lot of problems in her private life;
    ha habido muchos avances en este terreno there have been considerable advances in this field
    5. [territorio] ground;
    estar o [m5] encontrarse en su propio terreno to be on home ground;
    estar en o [m5]pisar terreno conocido/desconocido/firme to be on familiar/unfamiliar/solid ground;
    llevar algo/a alguien a su terreno: sabe llevar las conversaciones a su terreno he knows how to steer conversations round to what interests him;
    la campeona supo llevar a su terreno a la tenista holandesa the champion was able to impose her own terms on the Dutch player;
    sabe llevar cualquier canción a su terreno he is capable of making any song his own;
    ceder terreno to give ground;
    ganar terreno to gain ground;
    le está ganando terreno a su rival he's gaining ground on his rival;
    perder terreno (ante alguien) to lose ground (to sb);
    preparar el terreno (para algo/a alguien) to pave the way (for sth/sb);
    reconocer o [m5] tantear el terreno to see how the land lies;
    sabe el terreno que pisa she knows what she is about;
    sobre el terreno: estudiar algo sobre el terreno to study something in the field;
    resolveremos los problemas sobre el terreno we'll solve the problems as we go along
    * * *
    I adj earthly, worldly
    II m land; fig
    field;
    un terreno a lot, Br a plot o
    piece of land;
    sobre el terreno in the field;
    ganar/perder terreno fig gain/lose ground;
    tantear el terreno fig see how the land lies;
    llevar a alguien a su terreno get s.o. on one’s home ground;
    pisar terreno resbaladizo fig be on slippery ground
    * * *
    1) : terrain
    2) suelo: earth, ground
    3) : plot, tract of land
    4)
    perder terreno : to lose ground
    5)
    preparar el terreno : to pave the way
    * * *
    1. (tierra) land

    Spanish-English dictionary > terreno

  • 2 σάρξ

    σάρξ, σαρκός, ἡ (Hom.+; ‘flesh’).
    the material that covers the bones of a human or animal body, flesh lit. 1 Cor 15:39abcd; Hv 3, 10, 4; 3, 12, 1. The pl. (which denotes flesh in the mass [Lucian, Dial. Mort. 10, 5], whereas the sing. rather denotes the substance.—Herodas 4, 61; Gen 40:19; 1 Km 17:44; 4 Km 9:36; PsSol 4:19; TestJob 13:5; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 211; Just., A I, 26, 7; Mel., P. 52, 383; Ath. 34, 2) Lk 24:39 v.l.; Rv 19:18, 21 (4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010, 16] cannibalism out of hunger, sim. Mel., P. 52, 383; Quint. Smyrn. 11, 245: the σάρκες of the slain are food for the birds) B 10:4; metaph. Rv 17:16. It decays 1 Cl 25:3; cp. Ac 2:31 (cp. 2a below). Normally gives forth an evil odor when burned MPol 15:2. W. bones (s. ὀστέον) 1 Cl 6:3 (Gen 2:23); Lk 24:39; Eph 5:30 v.l. (metaph.). Paul speaks of his illness as a σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί (s. σκόλοψ) 2 Cor 12:7. ἡ ἐν σαρκὶ περιτομή the physical circumcision (cp. Just., D. 10, 1 al.) Ro 2:28; cp. Eph 2:11b; Col 2:13 (ἀκροβυστία 2); Gal 6:13 (ἡ σάρξ=the flesh that is circumcised); B 9:4. Metaph.: the corrosion on the precious metals of the rich φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ Js 5:3.—Ign. describes the elements of the Eucharist as σὰρξ (or αἷμα) Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IRo 7:3; IPhld 4; ISm 7:1. Also J 6:51–56 urges that one must eat the flesh (and drink the blood) of the Human One or Son of Man (Just., A I, 66, 2; s. TPhilips, Die Verheissung der hl. Eucharistie nach Joh. 1922; Bultmann ad loc.; AWikenhauser ’48, 105f).—His anti-Docetic position also leads Ign. to use the concept ‘flesh (and blood) of Christ’ in other contexts as well ITr 8:1; IPhld 5:1.—For Mt 16:17; Gal 1:16; Eph 6:12; and 1 Cor 15:50 s. 3a.
    the physical body as functioning entity, body, physical body
    as substance and living entity (Aeschyl., Sept. 622: opp. νοῦς; Ex 30:32; 4 Km 6:30; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 6 [Stone p. 54] πάντα τὰ μέλη τῆς σαρκός μου; w. καρδία or ψυχή Alex. Aphr., An. p. 98, 7–10 Br.; Ps 37:8; 62:2; Eccl 2:3; Ezk 11:19; 44:7 a1.; Jos., Bell. 6, 47, Ant. 19, 325; Ar.15, 7) οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν Ac 2:31 (but s. 1). W. ψυχή 1 Cl 49:6 (Tat. 13:2 al.). W. καρδία Ac 2:26 (Ps 15:9).—Eph 5:29. ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί they have seen me face to face Col 2:1. ἕως ἂν τὸν χριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἴδῃ before he had seen the Messiah in person GJs 24:4 (cp. Lk 2:26). Opp. πνεῦμα (Ath. 31:3; PGM 5, 460 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε τὸν κτίσαντα πᾶσαν σάρκα κ. πᾶν πνεῦμα) 1 Cor 5:5; 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5; 1 Pt 4:6; Hm 3:1; 10, 2, 6; cp. AcPl Ant 13:17 (=Aa, I 237, 2; s. οἶδα); also in relation to Christ (though this is disputed) J 6:63; Hs 5, 6, 5–7; cp. 1 Ti 3:16.—ἀσθένεια τῆς σαρκός bodily ailment Gal 4:13; s. vs. 14. ἀσθενὴς τῇ σαρκί weak in the body Hs 9, 1, 2. ὁ ἀλγῶν σάρκα the one who is ill in body B 8:6. πάσχειν σαρκί 1 Pt 4:1b. Cp. 2 Cor 7:5. ἡ τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότης the purity of the body Hb 9:13 (opp. καθαρίζειν τὴν συνείδησιν vs. 14). σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου 1 Pt 3:21 (s. ῥύπος 1). The σάρξ is raised fr. the dead (s. ParJer 6:9; Theoph. Ant. 1, 7 [74, 2]) 1 Cl 26:3; 2 Cl 9:1. ἀνάστασις σαρκός AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24 (σαρκὸς ἀνάστασιν Just., D. 80, 5); cp. ἀναστήσεσθε ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32. Of the body of Christ during his earthly ministry Eph 2:14 (JHart, The Enmity in His Flesh: Exp. 6th ser., 3, 1901, 135–41); Hb 10:20; 1 Pt 3:18; 4:1a; 1J 4:2; 2J 7; B 5:1, 10f; 6:7, 9; 7:5; 12:10; IEph 7:2; Pol 7:1; AcPlCor 2:6b. Married couples form μία σάρξ (Gen 2:24; s. Ath. 33, 2 τὴν σάρκα πρὸς σάρκα … κοινωνίαν.—GAicher, Mann u. Weib ein Fleisch: BZ 5, 1907, 159–65) Mt 19:5f; Mk 10:8ab; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (on these passages, TBurkill, ZNW 62, ’71, 115–20). δικαιώματα σαρκός behind ‘all sorts of ceremonial washings’ there are regulations that concern the physical body Hb 9:10.—On ὑποτάγητε τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ ὡς ὁ Χριστὸς τῷ πατρὶ κατὰ σάρκα IMg 13:2 s. Hdb. ad loc. and MRackl, Die Christologie des hl. Ignatius v. Ant. 1914, 228.—πνεῦμα δυνάμεως … ὁ θεὸς … κατέπεμψεν εἰς σάρκα τουτέστιν εἰς τὴν Μαρίαν God sent a powerful spirit (prob. a ref. to the kind of divine breath that brought the first human being to life [Gen 2:7]) into flesh, that is, into Mary AcPl Ha 8, 26=BMM recto 34; s. AcPlCor 1:14.
    as someth. with physical limitations, life here on earth (ApcEsdr 4:4 p. 28, 3 Tdf. σάρκα ἀνθρωπίνην φορῶ) θλῖψιν τῇ σαρκὶ ἕξουσιν 1 Cor 7:28. Cp. 2 Cor 4:11; Col 1:24. Of Christ τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ his body with its physical limitations Col 1:22; cp. 2:11 and s. cα below (cp. En 102:5 τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν; 1QpHab 9:2; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 29, 25).—Of human life: ἀποδημεῖν τῆς σαρκός MPol 2:2 (s. ἀποδημέω). ἐπιμένειν ἐν τῇ σαρκί Phil 1:24. ζῆν ἐν σαρκί vs. 22; Gal 2:20. ἐν ς. περιπατεῖν 2 Cor 10:3a. ἐν ς. τυγχάνειν Dg 5:8a. ὄντος ἔτι ἐν ς. σου AcPlCor 1:6. τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν ς. χρόνον 1 Pt 4:2. ἡ ἐπιδημία τῆς σαρκὸς ταύτης our sojourn in life 2 Cl 5:5. ἐν τῇ σαρκί in our earthly life 8:2.
    as instrument of various actions or expressions.
    α. In Paul’s thought esp., all parts of the body constitute a totality known as ς. or flesh, which is dominated by sin to such a degree that wherever flesh is, all forms of sin are likew. present, and no good thing can live in the σάρξ Ro 7:18 (cp. Philo, Gig. 29 αἴτιον δὲ τῆς ἀνεπιστημοσύνης μέγιστον ἡ σὰρξ καὶ ἡ πρὸς σάρκα οἰκείωσις; Sextus 317 ἀγαθὸν ἐν σαρκὶ μὴ ἐπιζήτει. The OT lays no stress on a necessary relationship betw. flesh as a substance, and sin. But for Epicurus the σάρξ is the bearer of sinful feelings and desires as well as the means of sensual enjoyment: Ep. in Plut., Mor. 135c; 1087bf; 1089e; 1096c αἱ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐπιθυμίαι. Also Diog. L. 10, 145. Likew. Plut. himself: Mor. 101b ταῖς τῆς σαρκὸς ἡδοναῖς; 672e; 688d; 734a; Ps.-Plut., Mor. 107f σαρκὶ καὶ τοῖς πάθεσι ταύτης; Maximus Tyr. 33, 7a. Cp. 4 Macc 7:18 τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς πάθη; Philo, Deus Imm. 143 σαρκὸς ἡδονή, Gig. 29; TestJud 19:4; TestZeb 9:7; ApcMos 25 [p. 14, 2 Tdf.] εἰς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τῆς σαρκός); Ro 6:19; 7:25 (opp. νοῦς); 8:3a, 4–9 (cp. Persius 2, 63 scelerata pulpa, which contaminates devotion to deity), 12f; Gal 5:13, 24; Col 2:23; Jd 23; AcPlCor 2:11, 15; Dg 6:5 (opp. ψυχή, as Plut., Mor. 101b). Opp. τὸ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4, 5, 6, 9, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:16, 17ab; 6:8ab; J 3:6; B 10:9. τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής (cp. Orig., C. Cels. 2, 25, 8) Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. σὰρξ ἁμαρτίας sinful flesh Ro 8:3b. ἐπιθυμία (τῆς) σαρκός (cp. Maximus Tyr. 20, 9f σαρκῶν … ἐπιθυμίας) Gal 5:16; 1J 2:16; B 10:9. Pl. Eph 2:3a, cp. b; 2 Pt 2:18; cp. Ro 13:14. τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός Gal 5:19 (s. Vögtle at πλεονεξία). τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3b. ὁ νοῦς τῆς σαρκός Col 2:18. τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκός the body of (sinful) flesh 2:11; cp. 1:22 and s. b above (cp. Sir 23:17 σῶμα σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ; En 102:5 τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν). τὰ τῆς σαρκός what pertains to (sinful) flesh Ro 8:5b. ἐν (τῇ) σαρκὶ εἶναι be in an unregenerate (and sinful) state Ro 7:5; 8:8f. τὰ ἔθνη ἐν σαρκί Eph 2:11a. κατὰ σάρκα εἶναι Ro 8:5a; ζῆν vs. 12b; 13; Dg 5:8b; περιπατεῖν Ro 8:4; 2 Cor 10:2; βουλεύεσθαι 1:17; στρατεύεσθαι 10:3b; cp. IRo 8:3 (opp. κατὰ γνώμην θεοῦ).
    β. source of the sexual urge. The σάρξ is the source of the sexual urge, without any suggestion of sinfulness connected w. it ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς ἐγεννήθησαν J 1:13.
    as someth. attractive 2 Pt 2:10 (a Hebraism, cp. Judg 2:12; 3 Km 11:10; Sir 46:10). S. also 3b.
    one who is or becomes a physical being, living being with flesh
    of humans person, human being: πᾶσα σάρξ every person, everyone (LXX; TestAbr B 7 p. 112, 3 [Stone p. 72]; GrBar 4:10; ApcEsdr 7:7; ApcMos 13 [p. 7, 1 Tdf.]; Mel., P. 55, 400: for כָּל-בָּשָׂר; s. πᾶς 1aα) Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5); J 17:2; Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 1 Pt 1:24 (Is 40:6); 1 Cl 59:3; 64; 2 Cl 7:6; 17:5 (the last two Is 66:24); AcPlCor 2:6a. οὐ πᾶσα σάρξ no person, nobody (En 14:21 end.—W-S. §26, 10a; B-D-F §275, 4; 302, 1; Rob. 752) Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; Ro 3:20 (cp. Ps 142:2 πᾶς ζῶν); 1 Cor 1:29 (μή); Gal 2:16.—Though ς. in the foll. passages refers to body in its physical aspect, it cannot be divorced from its conjunction with αἷμα, and the unit σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα (cp. Sir 17:31; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82]; Philo, Quis Div. Rer. Her. 57; Just., D. 135, 6) refers to a human being in contrast to God and other transcendent beings Mt 16:17; Gal 1:16; Eph 6:12 (here vice versa, αἷ. καὶ ς.). τὰ παιδία κεκοινώνηκεν αἵματος καὶ σαρκός the children share mortal nature Hb 2:14, but with suggestion of its frailty, as indicated by the context with its ref. to death. Because they are the opposites of the divine nature σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα βασιλείαν θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται 1 Cor 15:50 (JJeremias, NTS 2, ’56, 151–59). For Jd 7 s. b next. Cp. AcPl Ant 13, 17 (=Aa I 237, 2) σαρκί personally (s. οἶδα 2).
    of transcendent entities ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο J 1:14 (RSeeberg, Festgabe AvHarnack dargebracht 1921, 263–81.—Artem. 2, 35 p. 132, 27 ἐὰν σάρκινοι οἱ θεοὶ φαίνωνται; Synes., Dio 6 p. 45b).—Of flesh other than human: ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας after another kind of flesh (cp. Judg 2:12 ὀπίσω θεῶν ἑτέρων) i.e. of divine messengers who take on ς. when they appear to humans (so Windisch et al.; difft. Frame et al. of same-sex activity) Jd 7.
    human/ancestral connection, human/mortal nature, earthly descent (Did., Gen. 144, 25) Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα Ro 4:1 (Just., D. 43, 7 al.). οἱ συγγενεῖς μου κατὰ σάρκα 9:3. τοὺς τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρας Hb 12:9. τὸν Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ σάρκα the earthly Israel 1 Cor 10:18 (opp. τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ θεοῦ Gal 6:16). Of natural descent τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκός children by natural descent Ro 9:8 (opp. τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας). ὁ μὲν ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης κατὰ σάρκα γεγέννηται Gal 4:23; cp. vs. 29. μου τὴν σάρκα my compatriots Ro 11:14 (s. Gen 37:27).—Of Christ’s physical nature Ro 8:3c; Hb 5:7. Christ is descended fr. the patriarchs and fr. David (τὸ) κατὰ σάρκα according to the human side of his nature, as far as his physical descent is concerned Ro 1:3 (JDunn, Jesus: Flesh and Spirit [Ro 1:3f], JTS 24, ’73, 40–68); 9:5; 1 Cl 32:2; IEph 20:2. The context of 2 Cor 11:18 includes ancestry as a reason for boasting, but ς. in this pass. applies as well to other aspects of Paul’s career and therefore belongs more properly in 5.
    the outward side of life as determined by normal perspectives or standards, a transf. sense of 1 and 2. Usually w. κατά indicating norm or standard σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα wise (people) according to human standards 1 Cor 1:26. καυχᾶσθαι κατὰ (τὴν) σάρκα boast of one’s outward circumstances, i.e. descent, manner of life, etc. (cp. 11:22) 2 Cor 11:18. κατὰ σάρκα Χριστόν Christ (the Messiah) from a human point of view or as far as externals are concerned 5:16b, cp. a (κατά B5bβ and 7a; also VWeber, BZ 2, 1904, 178–88; HWindisch, exc. ad loc.; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3, 374–76; FPorter, Does Paul Claim to Have Known the Historical Jesus [2 Cor 5:16]?: JBL 47, 1928, 257–75; RMoxon, CQR 108, 1929, 320–28). οἱ κατὰ σάρκα κύριοι those who, according to human standards, are masters Eph 6:5; Col 3:22. ὑμεῖς κατὰ τὴν ς. κρίνετε you judge by outward things, by externals J 8:15. Of the route taken in one’s earthly life ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ κατὰ σάρκα IRo 9:3.—ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθέναι place one’s trust in earthly things or physical advantages Phil 3:3f. εὐπροσωπῆσαι ἐν σαρκί Gal 6:12. Onesimus is a beloved brother to Philemon καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ καὶ ἐν κυρίῳ both as a human being (=personally, in the external relationship betw. master and slave) and as a Christian Phlm 16. ὑμῶν δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ἐπισκόπῳ IEph 1:3 (cp. IMg 3:2).—HWindisch, Taufe u. Sünde 1908; EBurton, ICC Gal. 1920, 492–95; WSchauf, Sarx 1924; WBieder, Auferstehung des Fleisches od. des Leibes?: TZ 1, ’45, 105–20. W. special ref. to Paul: Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 7:14 and 8:11; Lohmeyer (ἁμαρτία 3a); EKäsemann, Leib u. Leib Christi ’33; RGrant, ATR 22, ’40, 199–203; RBultmann, Theologie des NTs ’48, 228–49 (Engl. tr. by KGrobel, ’51 I, 227–59); LMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics ’47, 267–70; E Schweizer, Die hellenist. Komponente im NT sarx-Begriff: ZNW 48, ’57, 237–53; two in KStendahl, The Scrolls and the NT, ’57: KKuhn, 94–113 and WDavies, 157–82; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT: RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; DLys, La chair dans l’AT ’67; ASand, D. Begriff ‘Fleisch’ ’67 (Paul); RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms ’71, 49–166. On Ign.: CRichardson, The Christianity of Ign. of Ant. ’35, esp. 49 and 61. S. also the lit. s.v. πνεῦμα, end.—B. 202. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > σάρξ

  • 3 ζάω

    ζάω contr. ζῶ (Hom.+) impf. ἔζων (Ro 7:9 B ἔζην; on this form s. Schwyzer I 675; B-D-F §88; Mlt-H. 194, both w. ref.); fut. ζήσω (uniformly attested Ro 6:2; Hb 12:9); the later (since Hippocr. VII p. 536 L.; LXX; AscIs 3:9; Jos., Ant. 1, 193 al.) form ζήσομαι (B-D-F §77; Rob. 356) is more common (on the fut. forms s. JLee, NovT 22, ’80, 289–98; GKilpatrick, ibid. 25, ’83, 146–51); 1 aor. ἔζησα. On the LXX usage s. Thackeray 269; for forms in pap, Gignac II 370.
    to be alive physically, live
    of physical life in contrast to death
    α. gener. Ac 22:22; Ro 7:1, 2, 3; 14:8ac; 1 Cor 7:39; 2 Cor 5:15a; 6:9; Hb 9:17. ψυχὴ ζῶσα a living soul (Gen 1:20 al.; Just., D. 6, 1 ζῇ ψυχῇ) 1 Cor 15:45 (Gen 2:7); Rv 16:3 v.l. ὅσα ἔτη ζῇ as many years as he lives B 10:6 (cp. SIG 663, 6; Sb 173, 6 Αὐρήλιος ζήσας ἔτη νε´; En 10:10). τὸ ζῆν life (Attic wr., ins, pap, LXX) ὥστε ἐξαπορηθῆναι ἡμᾶς καὶ τοῦ ζῆν so that we even despaired of life 2 Cor 1:8. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν during the whole lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. Diod S 1, 74, 3 διατελεῖν πάντα τὸν τοῦ ζῆν χρόνον; 4, 46, 4). ἔτι ζῶν while he was still living= before his death Mt 27:63 (CB I/2 660 no. 618 Ζώσιμος ἔτι ζῶν κατεσκεύασεν; 3 Km 12:6). ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν … εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός they were thrown alive into the lake of fire Rv 19:20. ζῶσα τέθνηκεν though alive she is dead 1 Ti 5:6 (cp. Sextus 7). ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες we during our (earthly) life 2 Cor 4:11; the same phrase= we who are still living 1 Th 4:15, 17. Here the opp. is νεκροί, as in Mt 22:32; Mk 12:27; Lk 20:38a. ζῶντες καὶ νεκροί the living and the dead Ac 10:42; Ro 14:9b; 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5; 2 Cl 1:1; B 7:2.—Occasionally the contrast betw. νεκρός and ζῆν is used fig. with ref. to the realm of religion and ethics Lk 15:24 v.l., 32.
    β. of dead persons who return to life become alive again: of humans in general (3 Km 17:23) Mt 9:18; Ac 9:41; 20:12; Rv 20:4, 5; AcPl Ha 11, 7. Of Jesus Mk 16:11; Lk 24:5, 23; Ac 1:3; 25:19; Ro 14:9a; 2 Cor 13:4a; Rv 1:18b; 2:8 (Just., D. 69, 6 νεκροὺς … ζῆν ποιήσας).
    γ. of sick persons, if their illness terminates not in death but in recovery be well, recover (Artem. 4, 4 ἔζησεν ὁ παῖς=became well; 5, 71; 72; PGM 1, 188; 4 Km 1:2; 8:8 εἰ ζήσομαι ἐκ τῆς ἀρρωστίας μου ταύτης; Jos., Vi. 421) Mk 5:23; J 4:50, 51, 53.—Of removal of anxiety 1 Th 3:8.
    δ. also of healthy persons live on, remain alive (X., An. 3, 2, 39 ὅστις δὲ ζῆν ἐπιθυμεῖ πειράσθω νικᾶν; Ep. 56 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 359, 14]; ApcMos 31 διὰ τί σὺ ἀποθνῄσκεις καγὼ ζῶ;) Ac 25:24; 28:4. ἐὰν ὁ κύριος θελήσῃ ζήσομεν Js 4:15. ὸ̓ς ἔχει τὴν πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης καὶ ἔζησεν Rv 13:14.
    ε. of beings that in reality, or as they are portrayed, are not subject to death: of Melchizedek Hb 7:8 (opp. ἀποθνῄσκοντες ἄνθρωποι). Jesus as everlasting high priest πάντοτε ζῶν 7:25.—In this sense it is most comprehensively applied to God (s. CBurchard, Untersuch. zu JosAs p. 103) (ὁ) θεὸς (ὁ) ζῶν (cp. 4 Km 19:4, 16; Is 37:4, 17; Hos 2:1; Da 6:21 Theod.; 3 Macc 6:28; TestAbr A 17 p. 99, 10 [Stone p. 46]; TestJob 37:2; JosAs 49:3 al.; SibOr 3, 763; POxy 924, 11 [IV A.D., Gnostic]; PGM 4, 1038 ὁ μέγας ζῶν θεός; 7, 823; 12, 79; Philo, Decal. 67 ὁ ζῶν ἀεὶ θεός; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 59, 18.—The phrase ‘the living God’ is not found in Joseph.) Mt 16:16; 26:63; J 6:69 v.l.; Ac 14:15; Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 3:3; 6:16; 1 Th 1:9; 1 Ti 3:15; 4:10; 6:17 v.l.; Hb 3:12; 9:14; 10:31; 12:22; Rv 1:18a; 4:10; 7:2; 10:6; 2 Cl 20:2; GJs 20:1; AcPl Ha 2, 32; also ὁ ζῶν πατήρ J 6:57. W. the addition εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Rv 15:7; cp. 4:9 (cp. Tob 13:2; Sir 18:1). God takes a sovereign oath in the words ζῶ ἐγώ as surely as I live (Num 14:28 al.) Ro 14:11 (Is 49:18; classical parallels GStählin, NovT 5, ’62, 142 n. 2). ζῇ κύριος ὁ θεός [μου] as surely as the Lord my God lives GJs 4:1; 6:1; 13:3; 15:3; 19:3 (Judg 8:19; 1 Km 25:34 al; GrBar 1:7; cp. ApcEsdr 2:7); in expanded form καὶ ζῇ ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτοῦ 15:4 (s. deStrycker ad loc.).—Christ lives διὰ τὸν πατέρα because of the Father J 6:57b (s. Bultmann, comm. ad loc.).
    w. mention of that upon which life depends ἐπί τινι on the basis of someth. (Andoc. 1, 100; Isocr. 10, 18; Ael. Aristid. 28, 103 K.=49 p. 525 D.) ζ. ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3). ζ. ἔκ τινος obtain one’s living fr. someth. (Aristoph., Eccl. 591; Demosth. 57, 36; POxy 1117, 19; 1557, 12; TestJob 47:1f) 1 Cor 9:14.
    w. more precise mention of the sphere (Artem. 3, 62 ἐν ἀγορᾷ ζ.=spend his life in the marketplace) ζ. ἐν σαρκί live in the flesh in contrast to the heavenly life Phil 1:22; Gal 2:20c; ζ. ἐν κόσμῳ live in the world Col 2:20. ζ. ἐν θεῷ, live in God (as the Being who penetrates and embraces everything) Ac 17:28 (s. κινέω 3). For AcPl Ha 1, 15 s. 2a end.
    to live in a transcendent sense, live, of the sanctified life of a child of God (ζῆν in the sense of a higher type of life than the animal: X., Mem. 3, 3, 11; Cass. Dio 69, 19: after years of public service, Similis retires and prepares this epitaph: Σίμιλις ἐνταύθα κεῖται βιοὺς μὲν ἔτη τόσα, ζήσας δὲ ἔτη ἑπτά=Here lies Similis, existing for so many years, but alive for only seven.).
    in the world ἐγὼ ἔζων χωρὶς νόμου ποτέ I was once (truly) alive without law (this has been interpr. to mean when no law existed; Paul is then regarded as speaking fr. the viewpoint of humanity in paradise before the command Gen 2:16 f; 3:3. Another interpr. thinks of Paul as referring to the period in his life when he was not conscious of the existence and significance of the law. In view of Paul’s climactic affirmation in Ro 7:25, Paul probably illustrates in the first person the perils of a Christian who succumbs to the illusion that moral action is connected with law rather than with the ‘spirit of life in Christ’ Ro 8:2) Ro 7:9. Even now those who listen to the voice of the Son of God enjoy this life J 5:25; cp. 11:26; likew. those who receive him into their being ὁ τρώγων τὸν ἄρτον 6:57c; cp. Ro 6:11, 13 (ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας); Gal 2:19; Rv 3:1. This heavenly life on earth is a ζ. πνεύματι Gal 5:25 or a life not of mere human achievement, but of Christ who lives in Christians 2:20ab. Also of the superhuman power of the apostle ζήσομεν σὺν αὐτῷ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς we shall live with him (Christ) through God’s power in our dealings with you 2 Cor 13:4. ὁ κύριος βούλεται ζῆν ἡμᾶς ἐν θεῷ=the Lord wills that we live under God’s direction AcPl Ha 1, 15 (opp. ἀποθανεῖν ἐν ἁμαρτίαις; s. 1c end)
    in the glory of the life to come (Sir 48:11; cp. Dt 4:1; 8:1; 30:16).
    α. abs. Lk 10:28; J 11:25; 14:19; Ro 8:13b; Hb 12:9. ἐμοὶ τ. ζῆν Χριστός= life is possible for me only where Christ is (hence death is gain) Phil 1:21 (s. OSchmitz, GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 155–69). Another common interpr. is for me to live is Christ, i.e. while I am alive I experience real life in connection with Christ; w. death comes life in all fullness in the presence of Jesus.
    β. More specifically εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα have eternal life (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 17 ζῆν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα; PsSol 14:2) J 6:51, 58 (in J the blessed life which the follower of Jesus enjoys here and now in the body is simply continued in the heavenly life of the future. In other respects also the dividing line betw. the present and the future life is somet. nonexistent or at least not discernible); B 6:3; 8:5; 9:2; 11:10f; ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ (i.e. Χριστῷ) ζ. live together with Christ 1 Th 5:10; ζ. διʼ αὐτοῦ (i.e. Chr.) 1J 4:9; ζ. κατὰ θεὸν πνεύματι live, as God (lives), in the Spirit 1 Pt 4:6. ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται (cp. Hab 2:4) he that is just through faith will have life Ro 1:17 (AFeuillet, NTS 6, ’59, 52–80; but s. Fitzmyer, Ro [AB] ad loc.); Gal 3:11; Hb 10:38. This life is τὸ ἀληθινὸν ζῆν ITr 9:2; IEph 11:1. Christ is called τὸ ἀδιάκριτον ἡμῶν ζῆν our unshakable or inseparable life 3:2. τὸ διὰ παντὸς ἡμῶν ζῆν our total life 1 Mg 1:2—The law-directed pers. believes concerning legal performance: ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς (Lev 18:5) Gal 3:12; cp. Ro 10:5 (cp. Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 1 οἱ τοῦτον [= τ. νόμον] φυλάττοντες ἔχονται τῆς σωτηρίας=those who observe law have a firm grip on security).
    to conduct oneself in a pattern of behavior, live (Hom. et al.)
    used w. adverbs or other modifiers: adv. (Sallust. 19 p. 34, 25 κακῶς ζῆν [Just., A I, 4, 7]; SIG 889, 13ff; Wsd 14:28; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 198; Ath. 3, 1 δίκην θηρίων) ἀσώτως Lk 15:13. ἐθνικῶς and ἰουδαϊκῶς Gal 2:14. εὐσεβῶς 2 Ti 3:12. πανούργως Hm 3, 3. σωφρόνως κ. δικαίως κ. εὐσεβῶς Tit 2:12 (Plut., Mor. 1108c ζῆν σωφρόνως κ. δικαίως; cp. Diog. L. 10, 132; 140; Ar. 15, 10).—Φαρισαῖος live as a Pharisee Ac 26:5. ἐν πίστει Gal 2:20d. ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ Ro 6:2; ζ. ἐν τούτοις live in these (sins) Col 3:7. κατὰ ἀλήθειαν in keeping w. the truth IEph 6:2 (cp. Philo, Post. Cai. 73 κατὰ βούλημα τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ζ.; Jos., Ant. 4, 302 κατὰ τ. νόμους ζ.; Just., D. 47, 4 κατὰ τὸν νόμον; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 12, 7 κατὰ τὰς θείας γραφάς). κατὰ θεόν 8:1 (cp. SIG 910 A and B). κατὰ Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν IPhld 3:2. κατὰ Χριστιανισμόν live in accordance w. (our) commitment to Christ IMg 10:1. κατὰ σάρκα Ro 8:12f; Dg 5:8; κατὰ κυριακὴν ζ. (opp. σαββατίζειν) include the observance of the Lord’s day in one’s life IMg 9:1. Of a married woman ζ. μετὰ ἀνδρός live w. her husband Lk 2:36 (for the added acc. of extent of time cp. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 332 D.; Pr 28:16; ἥτις ἔζησεν καλῶς μετʼ ἐμοῦ ἔτη 28, μῆνας 4, ἡμέρας 5: SEG II, 384, 6–8 [restored]; s. also FDanker, Jesus and the New Age ’88, 71).
    τινί live for someone or someth., for the other’s benefit (Hom. et al.; Demosth. 7, 17 οἳ οὐκ αἰσχύνονται Φιλίππῳ ζῶντες καὶ οὐ τῇ ἑαυτῶν πατρίδι; Dionys. Hal. 3, 17 … παῖδες, τῷ πατρὶ ζῶντες) ζ. τῷ θεῷ (4 Macc 7:19; 16:25; Philo, Mut. Nom. 13, Rer. Div. Her. 111; s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 10) Lk 20:38b (cp. Soph., Ajax 970); Ro 6:10, 11; Gal 2:19; Hm 3:5; AcPl Ha 10, 7; τῷ κυρίῳ Ro 14:8b (cp. Plut., Cleom. 819 [31, 5]). For Christ 2 Cor 5:15; τῷ ἐμῷ βασιλεῖ AcPl Ha 9, 26 (restored after Aa I 112, 14) τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζ. 1 Pt 2:24; ἑαυτῷ ζ. live for oneself (Menand., Fgm. 646 Kö. οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ζῆν μόνον; Diod S 10, 33, 2 ζ. ἑαυτοῖς=live for themselves) Ro 14:7.
    to be full of vitality, be lively the ptc. is used fig. w. respect to things (cp. τῶν δένδρων τῶν ζῶντων ParJer 9:3), of spring water in contrast w. cistern water ὕδωρ ζῶν (Gen 26:19; Lev 14:5; Jer 2:13 v.l.; Zech 14:8.—Stagnant water is called ὕ. νεκρόν: Synes., Ep. 114, 254d) J 4:10f (Hdb. exc. on J 4:14); 7:38; D 7:1f (Wengst p. 77 n. 57). ζώσας πηγάς Rv 7:17 v.l.
    to be life-productive, offer life ptc. used w. respect to things (SIG 1173 [138 A.D.], 5 ζῶσαι ἀρεταὶ ἐγένοντο=miracles full of divine life occurred) λόγια ζῶντα words that meant life Ac 7:38. λόγος ζῶν θεοῦ 1 Pt 1:23; cp. Hb 4:12. ὁδὸς ζῶσα a living way 10:20. ἐλπὶς ζῶσα a living hope 1 Pt 1:3.—ζ. is also used of things which serve as descriptions of pers. who communicate divine life: of Christ ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν J 6:51a. λίθος ζῶν 1 Pt 2:4. Of Christians: θυσία ζῶσα a living sacrifice Ro 12:1. λίθοι ζῶντες 1 Pt 2:5.—τὰ παρὰ ζώσης φωνῆς καὶ μενούσης the (words) of a living and abiding voice Papias (2:4) (opp. ἐκ τῶν βιβλίων).—Lit. s. ζωή end. DELG s.v. ζώω.M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ζάω

  • 4 ψυχή

    ψυχή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; ‘life, soul’) It is oft. impossible to draw hard and fast lines in the use of this multivalent word. Gen. it is used in ref. to dematerialized existence or being, but, apart fr. other data, the fact that ψ. is also a dog’s name suggests that the primary component is not metaphysical, s. SLonsdale, Greece and Rome 26, ’79, 146–59. Without ψ. a being, whether human or animal, consists merely of flesh and bones and without functioning capability. Speculations and views respecting the fortunes of ψ. and its relation to the body find varied expression in our lit.
    (breath of) life, life-principle, soul, of animals (Galen, Protr. 13 p. 42, 27 John; Gen 9:4) Rv 8:9. As a rule of human beings (Gen 35:18; 3 Km 17:21; ApcEsdr 5:13 λαμβάνει τὴν ψυχὴν the fetus in its sixth month) Ac 20:10. When it leaves the body death occurs Lk 12:20 (cp. Jos., C. Ap. 1, 164; on the theme cp. Pind., I. 1, 67f). The soul is delivered up to death (the pass. in ref. to divine initiative), i.e. into a condition in which it no longer makes contact with the physical structure it inhabited 1 Cl 16:13 (Is 53:12), whereupon it leaves the realm of earth and lives on in Hades (Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2; Jos., Ant. 6, 332) Ac 2:27 (Ps 15:10), 31 v.l. or some other place outside the earth Rv 6:9; 20:4; ApcPt 10:25 (GrBar 10:5 τὸ πεδίον … οὗπερ ἔρχονται αἱ ψυχαὶ τῶν δικαίων; ApcEsdr 7:3 ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν; Himerius, Or. 8 [23]: his consecrated son [παῖς ἱερός 7] Rufinus, when he dies, leaves his σῶμα to the death-daemon, while his ψυχή goes into οὐρανός, to live w. the gods 23).—B 5:13 (s. Ps 21:21).
    the condition of being alive, earthly life, life itself (Diod S 1, 25, 6 δοῦναι τὴν ψυχήν=give life back [to the dead Horus]; 3, 26, 2; 14, 65, 2; 16, 78, 5; Jos., Ant. 18, 358 σωτηρία τῆς ψυχῆς; 14, 67; s. Reader, Polemo 354 [reff.]) ζητεῖν τὴν ψυχήν τινος Mt 2:20 (cp. Ex 4:19); Ro 11:3 (3 Km 19:10, 14). δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ (cp. Eur., Phoen. 998) Mt 20:28; Mk 10:45; John says for this τιθέναι τὴν ψυχὴν J 10:11, 15, 17, (18); 13:37f; 15:13; 1J 3:16ab; παραδιδόναι Ac 15:26; Hs 9, 28, 2. παραβολεύεσθαι τῇ ψυχῇ Phil 2:30 (s. παραβολεύομαι). To love one’s own life (JosAs 13:1 ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν μου) Rv 12:11; cp. B 1:4; 4:6; 19:5; D 2:7. Life as prolonged by nourishment Mt 6:25ab; Lk 12:22f. Cp. 14:26; Ac 20:24; 27:10, 22; 28:19 v.l.; Ro 16:4. S. also 2e below.
    by metonymy, that which possesses life/soul (cp. 3 below) ψυχὴ ζῶσα (s. Gen 1:24) a living creature Rv 16:3 v.l. for ζωῆς. Cp. ἐγένετο Ἀδὰμ εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν 1 Cor 15:45 (Gen 2:7. S. πνεῦμα 5f). ψυχὴ ζωῆς Rv 16:3.
    seat and center of the inner human life in its many and varied aspects, soul
    of the desire for luxurious living (cp. the OT expressions Ps 106:9 [=ParJer 9:20, but in sense of d below]; Pr 25:25; Is 29:8; 32:6; Bar 2:18b; PsSol 4:17. But also X., Cyr. 8, 7, 4; ins in CB I/2, 477 no. 343, 5 the soul as the seat of enjoyment of the good things in life) of the rich man ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου• ψυχή, ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου Lk 12:19 (cp. PsSol 5:12; Aelian, VH 1, 32 εὐφραίνειν τὴν ψυχήν; X., Cyr. 6, 2, 28 ἡ ψυχὴ ἀναπαύσεται.—The address to the ψυχή as PsSol 3, 1; Cyranides p. 41, 27). Cp. Rv 18:14.
    of evil desires (PsSol 4:13; Tat. 23, 2) 2 Cl 16:2; 17:7.
    of feelings and emotions (Anacr., Fgm. 4 Diehl2 [15 Page]; Diod S 8, 32, 3; JosAs 6:1; SibOr 3, 558; Just., D. 2, 4; Mel., P. 18, 124 al.) περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου (cp. Ps 41:6, 12; 42:5) Mt 26:38; Mk 14:34. ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται J 12:27; cp. Ac 2:43 (s. 3 below).—Lk 1:46; 2:35; J 10:24; Ac 14:2, 22; 15:24; Ro 2:9; 1 Th 2:8 (τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς our hearts full of love); Hb 12:3; 2 Pt 2:8; 1 Cl 16:12 (Is 53:11); 23:3 (scriptural quot. of unknown origin); B 3:1, 5b (s. on these two passages Is 58:3, 5, 10b); 19:3; Hm 4, 2, 2; 8:10; Hs 1:8; 7:4; D 3:9ab. ἐμεγαλύνθη ἡ ψυχή μου GJs 5:2; 19:2 (s. μεγαλύνω 1). αὔξειν τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ Παύλου AcPl Ha 6, 10. It is also said of God in the anthropomorphic manner of expr. used by the OT ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὸ̔ν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1); cp. Hb 10:38 (Hab 2:4).—One is to love God ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ Mt 22:37; Lk 10:27. Also ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς (Dt 6:5; 10:12; 11:13) Mk 12:30, 33 v.l. (for ἰσχύος); Lk 10:27 v.l. (Epict. 2, 23, 42; 3, 22, 18; 4, 1, 131; M. Ant. 12, 29; Sextus 379.—X., Mem. 3, 11, 10 ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ). ἐκ ψυχῆς from the heart, gladly (Jos., Ant. 17, 177.—The usual form is ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς: X., An. 7, 7, 43, Apol. 18 al.; Theocr. 8, 35) Eph 6:6; Col 3:23; ἐκ ψυχῆς σου B 3:5a (Is 58:10a); 19:6. μιᾷ ψυχῇ with one mind (Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 30) Phil 1:27; cp. Ac 4:32 (on the combination w. καρδία s. that word 1bη and EpArist 17); 2 Cl 12:3 (s. 1 Ch 12:39b; Diog. L. 5, 20 ἐρωτηθεὶς τί ἐστι φίλος, ἔφη• μία ψυχὴ δύο σώμασιν ἐνοικοῦσα).
    as the seat and center of life that transcends the earthly (Pla., Phd. 28, 80ab; Paus. 4, 32, 4 ἀθάνατός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπου ψ.; Just., A I, 44, 9 περὶ ἀθανασίας ψυχῆς; Ath. 27, 2 ἀθάνατος οὖσα. Opp. Tat. 13, 1, who argues the state of the ψ. before the final judgment and states that it is not immortal per se but experiences the fate of the body οὐκ ἔστιν ἀθάνατος). As such it can receive divine salvation σῴζου σὺ καὶ ἡ ψυχή σου be saved, you and your soul Agr 5 (Unknown Sayings 61–64). σῴζειν τὰς ψυχάς Js 1:21. ψυχὴν ἐκ θανάτου 5:20; cp. B 19:10; Hs 6, 1, 1 (on death of the ψ. s. Achilles Tat. 7, 5, 3 τέθνηκας θάνατον διπλοῦν, ψυχῆς κ. σώματος). σωτηρία ψυχῶν 1 Pt 1:9. περιποίησις ψυχῆς Hb 10:39. It can also be lost 2 Cl 15:1; B 20:1; Hs 9, 26, 3. Humans cannot injure it, but God can hand it over to destruction Mt 10:28ab; AcPl Ha 1, 4. ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχήν (ζημιόω 1) Mt 16:26a; Mk 8:36 (FGrant, Introd. to NT Thought, ’50, 162); 2 Cl 6:2. There is nothing more precious than ψυχή in this sense Mt 16:26b; Mk 8:37. It stands in contrast to σῶμα, in so far as that is σάρξ (cp. Ar. 15, 7 οὐ κατὰ σάρκα … ἀλλὰ κατὰ ψυχήν; Tat. 15, 1 οὔτε … χωρὶς σώματος; Ath. 1, 4 τὰ σώματα καὶ τὰς ψυχάς; SIG 383, 42 [I B.C.]) Dg 6:1–9. The believer’s soul knows God 2 Cl 17:1. One Christian expresses the hope that all is well w. another’s soul 3J 2 (s. εὐοδόω). For the soul of the Christian is subject to temptations 1 Pt 2:11 and 2 Pt 2:14; longs for rest Mt 11:29 (ParJer 5:32 ὁ θεὸς … ἡ ἀνάπαυσις τῶν ψυχῶν); and must be purified 1 Pt 1:22 (cp. Jer 6:16). The soul must be entrusted to God 1 Pt 4:19; cp. 1 Cl 27:1. Christ is its ποιμὴν καὶ ἐπίσκοπος (s. ἐπίσκοπος 1) 1 Pt 2:25; its ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ προστάτης 1 Cl 61:3; its σωτήρ MPol 19:2. Apostles and congregational leaders are concerned about the souls of the believers 2 Cor 12:15; Hb 13:17. The Christian hope is called the anchor of the soul 6:19. Paul calls God as a witness against his soul; if he is lying, he will forfeit his salvation 2 Cor 1:23.—Also life of this same eternal kind κτήσεσθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν you will gain (real) life for yourselves Lk 21:19.
    Since the soul is the center of both the earthly (1a) and the transcendent (2d) life, pers. can find themselves facing the question concerning the wish to ensure it for themselves: ὸ̔ς ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτὴν• ὸ̔ς δʼ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, σώσει αὐτήν Mk 8:35. Cp. Mt 10:39; 16:25; Lk 9:24; 17:33; J 12:25. The contrast betw. τὴν ψυχὴν εὑρεῖν and ἀπολέσαι is found in Mt 10:39ab (s. HGrimme, BZ 23, ’35, 263f); 16:25b; σῶσαι and ἀπολέσαι vs. 25a; Mk 8:35ab; Lk 9:24ab; περιποιήσασθαι, ζῳογονῆσαι and ἀπολέσαι 17:33; φιλεῖν and ἀπολλύναι J 12:25a; μισεῖν and φυλάσσειν vs. 25b.
    On the combination of ψυχή and πνεῦμα in 1 Th 5:23; Hb 4:12 (Just., D. 6, 2; Tat. 15, 1 χρὴ … ζευγνύναι … τὴν ψυχὴν τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ) s. πνεῦμα 3a, end.—A-JFestugière, L’idéal religieux des Grecs et l’Évangile ’32, 212–17.—A unique combination is … σωμάτων, καὶ ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων, slaves and human lives Rv 18:13 (cp. Ezk 27:13; on the syntax s. Mussies 98).
    In var. Semitic languages the reflexive relationship is paraphrased with נֶפֶשׁ (Gr.-Rom. parallels in W-S. §22, 18b note 33); the corresp. use of ψυχή may be detected in certain passages in our lit., esp. in quots. fr. the OT and in places where OT modes of expr. have had considerable influence (B-D-F §283, 4; W-S. §22, 18b; Mlt. 87; 105 n. 2; Rob. 689; KHuber, Untersuchungen über d. Sprachcharakter des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 67), e.g. Mt 11:29; 26:38; Mk 10:45; 14:34; Lk 12:19; 14:26; J 10:24; 12:27; 2 Cor 1:23; 3J 2; Rv 18:14; 1 Cl 16:11 (Is 53:10); B 3:1, 3 (Is 58:3, 5); 4:2; 17:1. Cp. also 2 Cor 12:15; Hb 13:17; GJs 2:2; 13:2; 15:3 (on these last s. ταπεινόω 2b).
    an entity w. personhood, person ext. of 2 by metonymy (cp. 1c): πᾶσα ψυχή everyone (Epict. 1, 28, 4; Lev 7:27; 23:29 al.) Ac 2:43; 3:23 (Lev 23:29); Ro 2:9; 13:1; Jd 15; 1 Cl 64; Hs 9, 18, 5.—Pl. persons, cp. our expression ‘number of souls’ (Pla. et al.; PTebt 56, 11 [II B.C.] σῶσαι ψυχὰς πολλάς; LXX) ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι Ac 2:41; cp. 7:14 (Ex 1:5); 27:37; 1 Pt 3:20.—This may also be the place for ἔξεστιν ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι; is it permissible to rescue a person ( a human life is also poss.) or must we let the person die? Mk 3:4; Lk 6:9. Cp. 9:55 [56] v.l.—EHatch, Essays in Bibl. Gk. 1889, 112–24; ERohde, Psyche9–10 1925; JBöhme, D. Seele u. das Ich im homer. Epos 1929; EBurton, Spirit, Soul and Flesh 1918; FRüsche, Blut, Leben u. Seele 1930; MLichtenstein, D. Wort nefeš in d. Bibel 1920; WStaples, The ‘Soul’ in the OT: JSL 44, 1928, 145–76; FBarth, La notion Paulinienne de ψυχή: RTP 44, 1911, 316–36; ChGuignebert, RHPR 9, 1929, 428–50; NSnaith, Life after Death: Int 1, ’47, 309–25; essays by OCullmann, HWolfson, WJaeger, HCadbury in Immortality and Resurrection, ed. KStendahl, ’65, 9–53; GDautzenberg, Sein Leben Bewahren ’66 (gospels); R Jewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 334–57; also lit. cited GMachemer, HSCP 95, ’93, 121, 13.—TJahn, Zum Wortfeld ‘Seele-Geist’ in der Sprache Homers (Zetemata 83) ’81.—B. 1087. New Docs 4, 38f (trichotomy). DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ψυχή

  • 5 ὁμοίωμα

    ὁμοίωμα, ατος, τό (ὁμοιόω; Pla., Parm. 132d; 133d, Phdr. 250b; Ps.-Aristot., Int. 1, 16a, 7f; SIG 669, 52; PFay 106, 20; LXX; En 31:2; Just., D. 94, 3).
    state of having common experiences, likeness (ἐν ὁμ. τυγχάνειν ‘liken’ Theoph. Ant. 2, 16 [p. 140, 12]) οὗ (Χριστοῦ) καὶ κατὰ τὸ ὁμοίωμα ἡμᾶς … οὕτως ἐγερεῖ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ in accordance with whose likeness (=just as God raised him) his Father will also raise us in this way ITr 9:2. This is prob. the place for Ro 6:5 εἰ σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. θανάτου αὐτοῦ if we have been united (i.e. αὐτῷ with him; cp. vs. 4 συνετάφημεν αὐτῷ) in the likeness of his death (=in the same death that he died); but s. PGächter, ZKT 54, 1930, 88–92; OKuss, D. Römerbr. I, ’63, 301. On the syntax, B-D-F §194, 2; Rob. 528. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ sin in the likeness of Adam’s transgression (=just as Adam did, who transgressed one of God’s express commands) 5:14.—Abstr. for concr. τὰ ὁμοιώματα = τὰ ὅμοια: ὸ̔ς ἃν τὰ ὁμοιώματα ποιῇ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν whoever does things similar to (the deeds of) the gentiles = acts as the gentiles do Hm 4, 1, 9. περὶ τοιούτων τινῶν ὁμοιωμάτων πονηρῶν (thoughts) about any other wicked things similar to these 4, 1, 1.—ἐν τίνι ὁμοιώματι παραβάλωμεν αὐτήν; with what corresponding thing can we compare it? Mk 4:30 v.l.
    state of being similar in appearance, image, form
    image, copy (Dt 4:16ff; 1 Km 6:5; 4 Km 16:10; 1 Macc 3:48; Just., D. 94, 3) ὁμοίωμα εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου (s. εἰκών 3; pleonasm as Maximus Tyr. 27, 3c εἰς μορφῆς εἶδος) Ro 1:23 (cp. Ps 105:20).
    form, appearance (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 825–31a ὁμ. κ. πρόσωπον γυναικός=figure and face of a woman; Dt 4:12; Josh 22:28; Ezk 1:16; Jos., Ant. 8, 195; Hippol., Ref. 5, 19, 20; 7, 28, 3) τὰ ὁμοιώματα τῶν ἀκρίδων ὅμοια (v.l. ὅμοιοι) ἵπποις the locusts resembled horses in appearance Rv 9:7.
    There is no general agreement on the mng. in two related passages in which Paul uses our word in speaking of Christ’s earthly life. The expressions ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων (P46, Marcion, Orig.: ἀνθρώπου) Phil 2:7 and ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας Ro 8:3 could mean that the Lord in his earthly ministry possessed a completely human form and that his physical body was capable of sinning as human bodies are, or that he had the form of a human being and was looked upon as such (cp. En 31:2 ἐν ὁμ. w. gen.=‘similar to’, ‘looking like’; Aesop, Fab. 140 H. of Hermes ὁμοιωθεὶς ἀνθρώπῳ), but without losing his identity as a divine being even in this world. In the light of what Paul says about Jesus in general it is prob. that he uses our word to bring out both that Jesus in his earthly career was similar to sinful humans and yet not totally like them (s. JWeiss, Das Urchristentum1917, 376ff; cp. FGillman, CBQ 49, ’87, 597–604).—S. the lit. on ἁρπαγμός.—DELG s.v. ὅμοιο. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁμοίωμα

  • 6 ἐπιδημία

    ἐπιδημία, ας, ἡ (s. prec. entry; X., Pla. et al.; ins, pap; Philo, In Flacc. 33; Jos., Ant. 8, 102) the state or condition of remaining in an area, stay, sojourn of earthly life ἐ. τῆς σαρκὸς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ our stay (lit. ‘the sojourn of our flesh’) in this world 2 Cl 5:5 (cp. Plut., Mor. 117f).—Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπιδημία

  • 7 господь

    Русско-английский большой базовый словарь > господь

  • 8 terrestre

    terrestre [teʀεstʀ]
    adjective
       a. ( = de la terre) land
       b. ( = d'ici-bas) earthly
    * * *
    tɛʀɛstʀ
    1) Géographie ( de la planète) of the Earth (après n)
    2) [animaux] land (épith)
    3) ( au sol) [guerre, transport] land (épith)

    la vie/le paradis terrestre — life/heaven on earth

    * * *
    teʀɛstʀ adj
    1) (surface) Earth's, of the Earth
    2) (animaux, plantes) land modif
    3) MILITAIRE (attaque) land modif
    4) RELIGION earthly, worldly
    * * *
    terrestre adj
    1 Géog ( de la planète) [diamètre, atmosphère] of the Earth;
    2 Sci [animaux] land ( épith), terrestrial;
    3 ( au sol) [guerre, transport] land ( épith); [missile] land- ou ground-based ( épith);
    4 les choses terrestres earthly things; la vie terrestre life on earth; le paradis terrestre heaven on earth.
    [tɛrɛstr] adjectif
    1. [qui appartient à notre planète] earth (modificateur), earthly, terrestrial
    la croûte ou l'écorce terrestre the Earth's crust
    2. [qui se passe sur la terre] earthly, terrestrial
    3. [vivant sur la terre ferme] land (modificateur)
    animaux/plantes terrestres land animals/plants
    4. [établi au sol - transport] land (modificateur)
    5. [d'ici-bas - joie, plaisir] worldly, earthly

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > terrestre

  • 9 πνεῦμα

    πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).
    air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)
    wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).
    the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).
    that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.
    a part of human personality, spirit
    when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.
    as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).
    spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.
    an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).
    God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).
    good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.
    evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.
    God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.
    the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.
    the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.
    Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).
    β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.
    abs.
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).
    β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.
    The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.
    Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.
    The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.
    α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.
    β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.
    γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).
    δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.
    the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).
    πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.
    Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).
    The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.
    The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.
    One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.
    The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.
    an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.
    an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα

  • 10 υἱός

    υἱός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) prim. ‘son’
    a male who is in a kinship relationship either biologically or by legal action, son, offspring, descendant
    the direct male issue of a person, son τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:21; GJs 14:2 (cp. Mel., P. 8, 53 ὡς γὰρ υἱὸς τεχθείς). Cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14) and 25; 10:37 (w. θυγάτηρ); Mk 12:6a; Lk 1:13, 31, 57; 11:11; 15:11 (on this JEngel, Die Parabel v. Verlorenen Sohn: ThGl 18, 1926, 54–64; MFrost, The Prodigal Son: Exp. 9th ser., 2, 1924, 56–60; EBuonaiuti, Religio 11, ’35, 398–402); Ac 7:29; Ro 9:9 (cp. Gen 18:10); Gal 4:22 al. W. gen. Mt 7:9; 20:20f; 21:37ab; Mk 6:3; 9:17; Lk 3:2; 4:22; 15:19; J 9:19f; Ac 13:21; 16:1; 23:16; Gal 4:30abc (Gen 21:10abc); Js 2:21; AcPlCor 2:29. Also ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι υἱὸς Φαρισαίων Ac 23:6 is prob. a ref. to direct descent. μονογενὴς υἱός (s. μονογενής 1) Lk 7:12. ὁ υἱὸς ὁ πρωτότοκος (πρωτότοκος 1) 2:7.
    the immediate male offspring of an animal (Ps 28:1 υἱοὺς κριῶν; Sir 38:25. So Lat. filius: Columella 6, 37, 4) in our lit. only as foal ἐπὶ πῶλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου Mt 21:5 (cp. Zech 9:9 πῶλον νέον).
    human offspring in an extended line of descent, descendant, son Ἰωσὴφ υἱὸς Δαυίδ Mt 1:20 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 73); s. 2dα below. υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ (Ἰσραήλ 1) Mt 27:9; Lk 1:16; Ac 5:21; 7:23, 37; 9:15; 10:36; Ro 9:27; 2 Cor 3:7, 13; Hb 11:22 al.; AcPlCor 2:32. οἱ υἱοὶ Λευί (Num 26:57) Hb 7:5. υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ Lk 19:9. υἱοὶ Ἀδάμ 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8). υἱοι Ῥουβήλ GJs 6:3.
    one who is accepted or legally adopted as a son (Herodian 5, 7, 1; 4; 5; Jos, Ant. 2, 263; 20, 150) Ac 7:21 (cp. Ex 2:10).—J 19:26.
    a pers. related or closely associated as if by ties of sonship, son, transf. sense of 1
    of a pupil, follower, or one who is otherw. a spiritual son (SIG 1169, 12 οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ=the pupils and helpers [40] of Asclepius; sim. Maximus Tyr. 4, 2c; Just., D. 86, 6 οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν.—Some combination w. παῖδες is the favorite designation for those who are heirs of guild-secrets or who are to perpetuate a skill of some kind: Pla., Rep. 3, 407e, Leg. 6, 769b; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verbi 22 p. 102, 4 Us./Rdm. ῥητόρων παῖδες; Lucian, Anach. 19, Dial. Mort. 11, 1 Χαλδαίων π.=dream-interpreters, Dips. 5 ἱατρῶν π., Amor. 49; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 13 σοφῶν π.): the ‘sons’ of the Pharisees Mt 12:27; Lk 11:19. Peter says Μᾶρκος ὁ υἱός μου 1 Pt 5:13 (perh. w. a component of endearment; s. Μᾶρκος). As a familiar form of address by a cherished mentor Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11; ParJer 5:28; 7:24). υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες B 1:1.
    of the individual members of a large and coherent group (cp. the υἷες Ἀχαιῶν in Homer; also PsSol 2:3 οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 15; LXX) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 Cl 8:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin). υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραάμ Ac 13:26. οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (Gen 11:5; Ps 11:2, 9; 44:3; TestLevi 3:10; TestZeb 9:7; GrBar 2:4) the sons of men=humans (cp. dγ below) Mk 3:28; Eph 3:5; 1 Cl 61:2 (of the earthly rulers in contrast to the heavenly king).
    of one whose identity is defined in terms of a relationship with a person or thing
    α. of those who are bound to a personality by close, non-material ties; it is this personality that has promoted the relationship and given it its character: son(s) of: those who believe are υἱοὶ Ἀβραάμ, because Abr. was the first whose relationship to God was based on faith Gal 3:7. In a special sense the devout, believers, are sons of God, i.e., in the light of the social context, people of special status and privilege (cp. PsSol 17:27; Just., D, 124, 1; Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 8 ὁ τοῦ Διὸς ὄντως υἱός; Epict. 1, 9, 6; 1, 3, 2; 1, 19, 9; Sextus 58; 60; 135; 376a; Dt 14:1; Ps 28:1; 72:15; Is 43:6 [w. θυγατέρες μου]; 45:11; Wsd 2:18; 5:5; 12:21 al.; Jdth 9:4, 13; Esth 8:12q; 3 Macc 6:28; SibOr 3, 702) Mt 5:45; Lk 6:35; Ro 8:14, 19 (‘Redeemer figures’ EFuchs, Die Freiheit des Glaubens, ’49, 108; against him EHommel in ThViat 4, ’52, 118, n. 26); 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 6:18 (w. θυγατέρες, s. Is 43:6 cited above); Gal 3:26 (cp. PsSol 17:27); 4:6a, 7ab (here the υἱός is the κληρονόμος and his opposite is the δοῦλος); Hb 2:10 (JKögel, Der Sohn u. die Söhne: Eine exeget. Studie zu Hb 2:5–18, 1904); 12:5–8 (in vs. 8 opp. νόθος, q.v.); Rv 21:7; 2 Cl 1:4; B 4:9. Corresp. there are sons of the devil (on this subj. cp. Hdb. on J 8:44) υἱὲ διαβόλου Ac 13:10. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ (masc.) Mt 13:38b. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἐν Ἅιδου ApcPt Rainer. In υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας Mt 23:31 this mng. is prob. to be combined w. sense 1c. The expr. υἱοὶ θεοῦ Mt 5:9 looks to the future (s. Betz, SM ad loc.; cp. KKöhler, StKr 91, 1918, 189f). Lk 20:36a signifies a status akin to that of angels (Ps 88:7; θεῶν παῖδες as heavenly beings: Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a; 12a; 13, 6a.—Hierocles 3, 424 the ἄγγελοι are called θεῶν παῖδες; HWindisch, Friedensbringer-Gottessöhne: ZNW 24, 1925, 240–60, discounts connection w. angels and contends for the elevation of the ordinary followers of Jesus to the status of Alexander the Great in his role as an εἰρηνηποιός [cp. Plut., Mor. 329c]; for measured critique of this view s. Betz, SM 137–42.).
    β. υἱός w. gen. of thing, to denote one who shares in it or who is worthy of it, or who stands in some other close relation to it, oft. made clear by the context; this constr. is prob. a Hebraism in the main, but would not appear barbaric (B-D-F §162, 6; Mlt-H. 441; Dssm., B p. 162–66 [BS 161–66]; PASA II 1884, no. 2 υἱὸς πόλεως [time of Nero; on this type of formulation SEG XXXIX, 1864]; IMagnMai 167, 5; 156, 12) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (αἰών 2a) Lk 16:8a (opp. οἱ υἱοί τοῦ φωτός vs. 8b); 20:34. τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοί (to Mediterranean publics the functional equivalent of ἀθάνατοι ‘immortals’; cp. ἀνάστασις 2b) 20:36b. υἱοὶ τῆς ἀνομίας (ἀνομία 1; cp. CD 6:15) Hv 3, 6, 1; ApcPt 1:3; τῆς ἀπειθείας (s. ἀπείθεια) Eph 2:2; 5:6; Col 3:6; τῆς ἀπωλείας ApcPt 1:2. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας of Judas the informer J 17:12 (cp. similar expressions in Eur., Hec. 425; Menand., Dyscolus 88f: s. FDanker, NTS 7, ’60/61, 94), of the end-time adversary 2 Th 2:3. υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (βασιλεία 1bη; s. SEG XXXIX, 1864 for related expressions) Mt 8:12; 13:38a. υἱοὶ βροντῆς Mk 3:17 (s. Βοανηργές). υἱὸς γεέννης (s. γέεννα) Mt 23:15; τ. διαθήκης (PsSol 17:15) Ac 3:25; εἰρήνης Lk 10:6. υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος (s. νυμφών) Mt 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34. υἱὸς παρακλήσεως Ac 4:36 (s. Βαρναβᾶς). υἱοὶ (τοῦ) φωτός (Hippol., Ref. 6, 47, 4 in gnostic speculation) Lk 16:8b (opp. υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου); J 12:36. υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 Th 5:5 (EBuonaiuti, ‘Figli del giorno e della luce’ [1 Th 5:5]: Rivista storico-critica delle Scienze teol. 6, 1910, 89–93).
    in various combinations as a designation of the Messiah and a self-designation of Jesus
    α. υἱὸς Δαυίδ son of David of the Messiah (PsSol 17:21) Mt 22:42–45; Mk 12:35–37; Lk 20:41–44; B 12:10c. Specif. of Jesus as Messiah Mt 1:1a; 9:27; 12:23; 15:22; 20:30f; 21:9, 15; Mk 10:47f; Lk 18:38f.—WWrede, Jesus als Davidssohn: Vorträge u. Studien 1907, 147–77; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 4, Rel.3 226f; ELohmeyer, Gottesknecht u. Davidssohn ’45, esp. 68; 72; 77; 84; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 251–56; WMichaelis, Die Davidsohnschaft Jesu usw., in D. histor. Jesus u. d. kerygm. Christus, ed. Ristow and Matthiae, ’61, 317–30; LFisher, ECColwell Festschr. ’68, 82–97.
    β. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, υἱὸς θεοῦ (the) Son of God (for the phrase s. JosAs 6:2 al. Ἰωσὴφ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ; there is no undisputed evidence of usage as messianic title in pre-Christian Judaism [s. Dalman, Worte 219–24, Eng. tr. 268–89; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 53f; EHuntress, ‘Son of God’ in Jewish Writings Prior to the Christian Era: JBL 54, ’35, 117–23]; cp. 4Q 246 col. 2, 1 [JFitzmyer, A Wandering Aramean ’79, 90–93; JCollins, BRev IX/3, ’93, 34–38, 57]. Among polytheists on the other hand, sons of the gods in a special sense [s. Just., A I, 21, 1f] are not only known to myth and legend, but definite historical personalities are also designated as such. Among them are famous wise men such as Pythagoras and Plato [HUsener, Das Weihnachtsfest2 1911, 71ff], and deified rulers, above all the Roman emperors since the time of Augustus [oft. in ins and pap: Dssm., B 166f=BS 166f, LO 294f=LAE 346f; Thieme 33]. According to Memnon [I B.C./ I A.D.]: 434 Fgm. 1, 1, 1 Jac., Clearchus [IV B.C.] carried his boasting so far as Διὸς υἱὸν ἑαυτὸν ἀνειπεῖν. Also, persons who were active at that time as prophets and wonder-workers laid claim to the title υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, e.g. the Samaritan Dositheus in Origen, C. Cels. 6, 11; sim. an Indian wise man who calls himself Διὸς υἱός Arrian, Anab. 7, 2, 3; cp. Did., Gen. 213, 18 ὁ Ἀβρὰμ υἱὸς θεοῦ διὰ δικαιοσύνην. S. GWetter, ‘Der Sohn Gottes’ 1916; Hdb. exc. on J 1:34; s. also Clemen2 76ff; ENorden, Die Geburt des Kindes 1924, 75; 91f; 132; 156f; EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 1:11 [4th ed. ’50]; M-JLagrange, Les origines du dogme paulinien de la divinité de Christ: RB 45, ’36, 5–33; HPreisker, Ntl. Zeitgesch. ’37, 187–208; HBraun, ZTK 54, ’57, 353–64; ANock, ‘Son of God’ in Paul. and Hellen. Thought: Gnomon 33, ’61, 581–90 [=Essays on Religion and the Anc. World II, ’72, 928–39]—originality in Paul’s thought): Ps 2:7 is applied to Jesus υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε Lk 3:22 D; GEb 18, 37.—Ac 13:33; Hb 1:5a; 5:5; 1 Cl 36:4. Likew. Hos 11:1 (w. significant changes): Mt 2:15, and 2 Km 7:14: Hb 1:5b. The voice of God calls him ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός (s. ἀγαπητός 1) at his baptism Mt 3:17; Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; GEb 18, 37 and 39 and at the Transfiguration Mt 17:5; Mk 9:7; Lk 9:35 (here ἐκλελεγμένος instead of ἀγαπ.); 2 Pt 1:17. Cp. J 1:34. The angel at the Annunciation uses these expressions in referring to him: υἱὸς ὑψίστου Lk 1:32; GJs 11:3 and υἱὸς θεοῦ Lk 1:35 (Ar. 15, 1 ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου. Cp. Just., A I, 23, 2 μόνος ἰδίως υἱὸς τῷ θεῷ γεγέννηται). The centurion refers to him at the crucifixion as υἱὸς θεοῦ Mt 27:54; Mk 15:39; GPt 11:45; cp. vs. 46 (CMann, ET 20, 1909, 563f; JPobee, The Cry of the Centurion, A Cry of Defeat: CFDMoule Festschr. ’70, 91–102; EJohnson, JSNT 31, ’87, 3–22 [an indefinite affirmation of Jesus]). The high priest asks εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 26:63 (DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’71, 213–26). Passers-by ask him to show that he is God’s Son 27:40; sim. the devil 4:3, 6; Lk 4:3, 9. On the other hand, evil spirits address him as the Son of God Mt 8:29; Mk 3:11; 5:7; Lk 4:41; 8:28; and disciples testify that he is Mt 14:33; 16:16. S. also Mk 1:1 (s. SLegg, Ev. Sec. Marc. ’35).—Jesus also refers to himself as Son of God, though rarely apart fr. the Fourth Gosp.: Mt 28:19 (the Risen Lord in the trinitarian baptismal formula); Mt 21:37f=Mk 12:6 (an allusion in the parable of the vinedressers).—Mt 27:43; Mk 13:32; Rv 2:18. The main pass. is the so-called Johannine verse in the synoptics Mt 11:27=Lk 10:22 (s. PSchmiedel, PM 4, 1900,1–22; FBurkitt, JTS 12, 1911, 296f; HSchumacher, Die Selbstoffenbarung Jesu bei Mt 11:27 [Lk 10:22] 1912 [lit.]; Norden, Agn. Th. 277–308; JWeiss, Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 120–29, Urchristentum 1917, 87ff; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 45ff; EMeyer I 280ff; RBultmann, Gesch. d. synopt. Trad.2 ’31, 171f; MDibelius, Die Formgeschichte des Evangeliums2 ’33, 259; MRist, Is Mt 11:25–30 a Primitive Baptismal Hymn? JR 15, ’35, 63–77; TArvedson, D. Mysterium Christi: E. Studie zu Mt 11:25–30, ’37; WDavies, ‘Knowledge’ in the Dead Sea Scrolls and Mt 11:25–30, HTR 45, ’53, 113–39; WGrundmann, Sohn Gottes, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; JBieneck, Sohn Gottes als Christusbez. der Synopt. ’51; PWinter, Mt 11:27 and Lk 10:22: NovT 1, ’56, 112–48; JJocz, Judaica 13, ’57, 129–42; OMichel/OBetz, Von Gott Gezeugt, Beih. ZNW [Jeremias Festschr.] 26, ’60, 3–23 [Qumran]).—Apart fr. the synoptics, testimony to Jesus as the Son of God is found in many parts of our lit. Oft. in Paul: Ro 1:3, 4, 9; 5:10; 8:3, 29, 32; 1 Cor 1:9; 15:28; 2 Cor 1:19; Gal 1:16; 2:20; 4:4; Eph 4:13; Col 1:13; 1 Th 1:10. Cp. Ac 9:20. In Hb: 1:2, 8; 4:14; 5:8; 6:6; 7:3, 28; 10:29. In greatest frequency in John (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 6 the Λόγος as υἱὸς θεοῦ. Likew. Philo, Agr. 51 πρωτόγονος υἱός, Conf. Lingu. 146 υἱὸς θεοῦ.—Theoph. Ant. 2, 1 [p. 154, 12] ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν καὶ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ; Iren. 3, 12, 2 [Harv. II 55, 2]): J 1:49; 3:16–18 (s. μονογενής 2), 35f; 5:19–26; 6:40; 8:35f; 10:36; 11:4, 27; 14:13; 17:1; 19:7; 20:31; 1J 1:3, 7; 2:22–24; 3:8, 23; 4:9f, 14f; 5:5, 9–13, 20; 2J 3, 9.—B 5:9, 11; 7:2, 9; 12:8; 15:5; Dg 7:4; 9:2, 4; 10:2 (τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ; also ApcEsdr 6:16 p. 31, 22 Tdf.; ApcSed 9:1f); IMg 8:2; ISm 1:1; MPol 17:3; Hv 2, 2, 8; Hs 5, 2, 6 (ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀγαπητός); 8; 11; 5, 4, 1; 5, 5, 2; 3; 5; 5, 6, 1; 2; 4; 7 (on the Christology of the Shepherd s. Dibelius, Hdb. on Hs 5, also ALink and JvWalter [πνεῦμα 5cα]); Hs 8, 3, 2; 8, 11, 1. Cp. 9, 1, 1; 9, 12, 1ff.—In trinitarian formulas, in addition to Mt 28:19, also IMg 13:1; EpilMosq 5; D 7:1, 3.—The deceiver of the world appears w. signs and wonders ὡς υἱὸς θεοῦ D 16:4 (ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 28, 32 Tdf. ὁ λέγων• Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ [of Antichrist]).—EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 16–44; GVos, The Self-disclosure of Jesus 1926.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 404–17; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 211–36; MHengel, The Son of God (tr. JBowden) ’76; DJones, The Title υἱὸς θεοῦ in Acts: SBLSP 24, ’85, 451–63.
    γ. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου lit. ‘the son of the man’ (the pl. form οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων appears freq. in the LXX to render בְּנֵי אָדָם = mortals, e.g. Gen 11:5; Ps 10:4; 11:2; cp. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπολείας J 17:12 [s. 2cβ]) ‘the human being, the human one, the man’ in our lit. only as a byname in ref. to Jesus and in an exclusive sense the Human One, the Human Being, one intimately linked with humanity in its primary aspect of fragility yet transcending it, traditionally rendered ‘the Son of Man.’ The term is found predom. in the gospels, where it occurs in the synoptics about 70 times (about half as oft. if parallels are excluded), and in J 12 times (s. EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 8:31). In every case the title is applied by Jesus to himself. Nowhere within a saying or narrative about him is it found in an address to him: Mt 8:20; 9:6; 10:23; 11:19; 12:8, 32, 40; 13:37, 41; 16:13, 27f; 17:9, 12, 22; 18:10 [11] v.l.; 19:28; 20:18, 28; 24:27, 30, 37, 39, 44; 25:13 v.l., 31; 26:2, 24ab, 45, 64; Mk 2:10, 28; 8:31, 38; 9:9, 12, 31; 10:33, 45; 13:26; 14:21ab, 41, 62; Lk 5:24; 6:5, 22; 7:34; 9:22, 26, 44, 56 v.l., 58; 11:30; 12:8, 10, 40; 17:22, 24, 26, 30; 18:8, 31; 19:10; 21:27, 36; 22:22, 48, 69; 24:7.—John (FGrosheide, Υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρ. in het Evang. naar Joh.: TSt 35, 1917, 242–48; HDieckmann, D. Sohn des Menschen im J: Scholastik 2, 1927, 229–47; HWindisch, ZNW 30, ’31, 215–33; 31, ’32, 199–204; WMichaelis, TLZ 85, ’60, 561–78 [Jesus’ earthly presence]) 1:51; 3:13, 14; 5:27 (BVawter, Ezekiel and John, CBQ 26, ’64, 450–58); 6:27, 53, 62; 8:28; 9:35; 12:23, 34; 13:31. Whether the component of fragility (suggested by OT usage in ref. to the brief span of human life and the ills to which it falls heir) or high status (suggested by traditions that appear dependent on Da 7:13, which refers to one ‘like a human being’), or a blend of the two dominates a specific occurrence can be determined only by careful exegesis that in addition to extra-biblical traditions takes account of the total literary structure of the document in which it occurs. Much neglected in the discussion is the probability of prophetic association suggested by the form of address Ezk 2:1 al. (like the OT prophet [Ezk 3:4–11] Jesus encounters resistance).—On Israelite thought contemporary w. Jesus and alleged knowledge of a heavenly being looked upon as a ‘Son of Man’ or ‘Man’, who exercises Messianic functions such as judging the world (metaph., pictorial passages in En 46–48; 4 Esdr 13:3, 51f) s. Bousset, Rel.3 352–55; NMessel, D. Menschensohn in d. Bilderreden d. Hen. 1922; ESjöberg, Kenna 1 Henok och 4 Esra tanken på den lidande Människosonen? Sv. Ex. Årsb. 5, ’40, 163–83, D. Menschensohn im äth. Hen. ’46. This view is in some way connected w. Da 7:13; acc. to some it derives its real content fr. an eschatological tradition that ultimately goes back to Iran (WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 160–223; Reitzenstein, Erlösungsmyst. 119ff, ZNW 20, 1921, 18–22, Mysterienrel.3 418ff; Clemen2 72ff; CKraeling, Anthropos and Son of Man: A Study in the Religious Syncretism of the Hellenistic Orient 1927); acc. to this tradition the First Man was deified; he will return in the last times and usher in the Kingdom of God.—Outside the gospels: Ac 7:56 (v.l. τοῦ θεοῦ; GKilpatrick, TZ 21, ’65, 209); Rv 1:13; 14:14 (both after Da 7:13; sim. allusion to Da in Just., D. 31, 1). The quot. fr. Ps 8:5 in Hb 2:6 prob. does not belong here, since there is no emphasis laid on υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου. In IEph 20:2 Jesus is described as υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου καὶ υἱὸς θεοῦ. Differently B 12:10 Ἰησοῦς, οὐχὶ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἀλλὰ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Jesus, not a man’s son, but Son of God.—HLietzmann, Der Menschensohn 1896; Dalman, Worte 191–219 (Eng. tr., 234–67); Wlh., Einl.2 123–30; PFiebig, Der Menschensohn 1901; NSchmidt, The Prophet of Nazareth 1905, 94–134, Recent Study of the Term ‘Son of Man’: JBL 45, 1926, 326–49; FTillmann, Der Menschensohn 1907; EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 65ff; HHoltzmann, Das messianische Bewusstsein Jesu, 1907, 49–75 (lit.), Ntl. Theologie2 I 1911, 313–35; FBard, D. Sohn d. Menschen 1908; HGottsched, D. Menschensohn 1908; EAbbott, ‘The Son of Man’, etc., 1910; EHertlein, Die Menschensohnfrage im letzten Stadium 1911, ZNW 19, 1920, 46–48; JMoffatt, The Theology of the Gospels 1912, 150–63; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 5–22 (the titles of the works by Wernle and Althaus opposing his first edition [1913], as well as Bousset’s answer, are found s.v. κύριος, end); DVölter, Jesus der Menschensohn 1914, Die Menschensohnfrage neu untersucht 1916; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, 1922, 247–50; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919 (see also the works by the same author referred to above in this entry); EMeyer II 335ff; HGressmann, ZKG n.s. 4, 1922, 170ff, D. Messias 1929, 341ff; GDupont, Le Fils d’Homme 1924; APeake, The Messiah and the Son of Man 1924; MWagner, Der Menschensohn: NKZ 36, 1925, 245–78; Guillaume Baldensperger, Le Fils d’Homme: RHPR 5, 1925, 262–73; WBleibtreu, Jesu Selbstbez. als der Menschensohn: StKr 98/99, 1926, 164–211; AvGall, Βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ 1926; OProcksch, D. Menschensohn als Gottessohn: Christentum u. Wissensch. 3, 1927, 425–43; 473–81; CMontefiore, The Synoptic Gospels2 1927 I 64–80; ROtto, Reich Gottes u. Menschensohn ’34, Eng. tr. The Kgdm. of God and the Son of Man, tr. Filson and Woolf2 ’43; EWechssler, Hellas im Ev. ’36, 332ff; PParker, The Mng. of ‘Son of Man’: JBL 60, ’41, 151–57; HSharman, Son of Man and Kingdom of God ’43; JCampbell, The Origin and Mng. of the Term Son of Man: JTS 48, ’47, 145–55; HRiesenfeld, Jésus Transfiguré ’47, 307–13 (survey and lit.); TManson, ConNeot 11, ’47, 138–46 (Son of Man=Jesus and his disciples in Mk 2:27f); GDuncan, Jesus, Son of Man ’47, 135–53 (survey); JBowman, ET 59, ’47/48, 283–88 (background); MBlack, ET 60, ’48f, 11–15; 32–36; GKnight, Fr. Moses to Paul ’49, 163–72 (survey); TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 237–50; TManson (Da, En and gospels), BJRL 32, ’50, 171–93; TPreiss, Le Fils d’Homme: ÉThR 26/3, ’51, Life in Christ, ’54, 43–60; SMowinckel, He That Cometh, tr. Anderson, ’54, 346–450; GIber, Überlieferungsgesch. Unters. z. Begriff des Menschensohnes im NT, diss. Heidelb. ’53; ESjöberg, D. verborgene Menschensohn in den Ev. ’55; WGrundmann, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; HRiesenfeld, The Mythological Backgrd. of NT Christology, CHDodd Festschr. ’56, 81–95; PhVielhauer, Gottesreich u. Menschensohn in d. Verk. Jesu, GDehn Festschr. ’57, 51–79; ESidebottom, The Son of Man in J, ET 68, ’57, 231–35; 280–83; AHiggins, Son of Man- Forschung since (Manson’s) ‘The Teaching of Jesus’: NT Essays (TW Manson memorial vol.) ’59, 119–35; HTödt, D. Menschensohn in d. synopt. Überl. ’59 (tr. Barton ’65); JMuilenburg, JBL 79, ’60, 197–209 (Da, En); ESchweizer, JBL 79, ’60, 119–29 and NTS 9, ’63, 256–61; BvIersel, ‘Der Sohn’ in den synopt. Jesusworten, ’61 (community?); MBlack, BJRL 45, ’63, 305–18; FBorsch, ATR 45, ’63, 174–90; AHiggins, Jesus and the Son of Man, ’64; RFormesyn, NovT 8, ’66, 1–35 (barnasha=‘I’); SSandmel, HSilver Festschr. ’63, 355–67; JJeremias, Die älteste Schicht der Menschensohn-Logien, ZNW 58, ’67, 159–72; GVermes, MBlack, Aram. Approach3, ’67, 310–30; BLindars, The New Look on the Son of Man: BJRL 63, ’81, 437–62; WWalker, The Son of Man, Some Recent Developments CBQ 45, ’83, 584–607; JDonahue, Recent Studies on the Origin of ‘Son of Man’ in the Gospels, CBQ 48, ’86, 584–607; DBurkitt, The Nontitular Son of Man, A History and Critique: NTS 40, ’94 504–21 (lit.); JEllington, BT 40, ’89, 201–8; RGordon, Anthropos: 108–13.—B. 105; DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > υἱός

  • 11 terreno

    1. adj earthly
    piano ground, AE first
    2. m ( superficie) ground
    (suolo, materiale) soil
    ( appezzamento) plot of land
    fig (settore, tema) field, area
    perdere/guadagnare terreno lose/gain ground
    terreno fabbricabile land that may be built on
    * * *
    terreno agg.
    1 earthly, worldly: gioie, cose terrene, earthly joys, things; piaceri terreni, worldly pleasures; vita terrena, life on earth
    2 piano terreno, ground floor, (amer.) first floor
    s.m.
    1 ground; ( suolo) soil: terreno fertile, ricco, sabbioso, fertile, rich, sandy soil; terreno ricco di minerali, soil rich in minerals; un buco nel terreno, a hole in the ground; scavare il terreno, to dig the ground // guadagnare, perdere terreno, to gain, to lose ground; il nostro candidato sta guadagnando terreno, our candidate is gaining ground; una moda che perde terreno, a fashion that is going out // preparare il terreno a qlcu., (fig.) to pave the way for s.o. // trovare il terreno adatto, (fig.) to find fertile ground // tastare il terreno, (fig.) to see the lie of the land // sentirsi mancare il terreno sotto i piedi, (fig.) to feel the ground give way under one's feet // affrontare un terreno infido, to tread on dangerous ground
    2 ( porzione di terra) land; ( proprietà terriera) land, estate: possiede molti terreni, he owns a great deal of land; terreno fabbricabile, building plot (o site); terreno demaniale, public land; terreno di proprietà comune, common (o common land); espropriare un terreno, to expropriate an estate; terreno arato, coltivato, ploughed, cultivated land; terreno arabile, ploughing land; terreno boscoso, woodland; terreno erboso, grassland; terreno coltivabile, arable land (o tilth); terreno incolto, wild country; terreno paludoso, swamp (o marshland); ( in America) glade (o everglade); terreno disboscato, dissodato, clearing; terreni da pascolo, pasture lands (o rough grazing); terreno coltivato a frutta, orchard
    3 ( campo di battaglia) battlefield; (sport) field: scendere sul terreno, to go into battle, (sport) to take the field; restare sul terreno, to remain on the field // un caso che va risolto sul terreno politico, a case that is to be settled in the political arena
    4 (geol.) terrane
    5 (geogr.) terrain: terreno di riporto, made land.
    * * *
    [ter'reno] terreno (-a)
    1. sm
    (gen) ground, (suolo) soil, ground
    2. agg
    1) (vita, beni) earthly
    2)

    (a livello della strada) piano terreno — ground floor Brit, first floor Am

    * * *
    I [ter'reno]
    1) (materiale) [vita, cose, beni] earthly, worldly, terrestrial
    2) (a livello del suolo) ground attrib.
    II [ter'reno]
    sostantivo maschile
    1) (suolo) ground, soil

    terreno sabbioso, argilloso — sandy, clayey ground o soil

    2) (area) ground, land

    terreno boschivo, prativo — woodland, meadowland

    terreno coltivabile, edificabile — farmland, building land

    terreno accidentatouneven o rough ground

    3) (appezzamento) plot of land, piece of land
    4) mil. terrain
    5) sport ground, field
    6) fig. ground, field
    7) fig. (condizioni)

    offrire un terreno fertile per — to provide a fertile breeding ground for [ ideologia]

    ••

    guadagnare, perdere terreno — to gain, lose ground

    cedere terrenoto give o yield ground

    preparare, sgombrare il terreno — to prepare, clear the ground

    sondare o tastare il terreno to find out how the land lies, to spy out the land; trovarsi su un terreno conosciuto o familiare to be on familiar o home ground o on familiar territory; muoversi su un terreno minato — to be on dangerous ground

    * * *
    terreno1
    /ter'reno/
     1 (materiale) [vita, cose, beni] earthly, worldly, terrestrial
     2 (a livello del suolo) ground attrib.
    ————————
    terreno2
    /ter'reno/
    sostantivo m.
     1 (suolo) ground, soil; terreno sabbioso, argilloso sandy, clayey ground o soil; piantare un palo nel terreno to set a stake in the ground
     2 (area) ground, land; terreno boschivo, prativo woodland, meadowland; terreno coltivabile, edificabile farmland, building land; terreno accidentato uneven o rough ground
     3 (appezzamento) plot of land, piece of land; acquistare un terreno to buy a piece of land
     4 mil. terrain
     5 sport ground, field; terreno pesante slow pitch; sul proprio terreno on one's home ground (anche fig.)
     6 fig. ground, field; terreno d'intesa common ground
     7 fig. (condizioni) offrire un terreno fertile per to provide a fertile breeding ground for [ ideologia]
    guadagnare, perdere terreno to gain, lose ground; cedere terreno to give o yield ground; preparare, sgombrare il terreno to prepare, clear the ground; sondare o tastare il terreno to find out how the land lies, to spy out the land; trovarsi su un terreno conosciuto o familiare to be on familiar o home ground o on familiar territory; muoversi su un terreno minato to be on dangerous ground
    \
    terreno di caccia hunting ground; terreno di gioco field.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > terreno

  • 12 nada

    adv.
    1 at all.
    la película no me ha gustado nada I didn't like the film at all
    no es nada extraño it's not at all strange
    la obra no es nada aburrida the play isn't the slightest bit boring
    2 a little, a bit (poco).
    no hace nada que salió he left just a minute ago
    3 not at all, not a single thing, nothing, not a bit.
    4 anything.
    intj.
    nothing at all.
    pron.
    1 nothing.
    no pasó nada nothing happened
    no he leído nada de Lorca I haven't read anything by Lorca
    nada me gustaría más que poder ayudarte there's nothing I'd like more than to be able to help you
    no hay nada como un buen libro there's nothing (quite) like a good book
    nada más nothing else, nothing more
    no quiero nada más I don't want anything else
    no dijo nada de nada he didn't say anything at all
    no es nada it's nothing serious
    esto no es nada that's nothing
    te he traído un regalito de nada I've brought you a little something
    cuesta cinco millones, ¡ahí es nada! it costs five million, a real snip!
    casi nada almost nothing
    como si nada as if nothing was the matter, as if nothing had happened
    de nada don't mention it, you're welcome (respuesta a 'gracias')
    dentro de nada any second now
    ¡nada de eso! absolutely not!
    No quiero nada I don't want any.
    2 love (en tenis). (peninsular Spanish)
    f.
    1 nothing, bugger all.
    2 little bit, trace, tiny bit, tiny little bit.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: nadar.
    * * *
    1 nothing
    (no hay) nada como... there's nothing like...
    ¿te has hecho daño? --no, no ha sido nada did you hurt yourself? --no, I'm all right thank you
    1 (not) at all
    1 nothingness
    \
    antes de nada first of all
    como si nada just like that
    de nada (no hay de qué) don't mention it, think nothing of it, (US you're welcome) 2 (insignificante) insignificant
    gracias, --de nada thanks, --don't mention it
    dentro de nada in a moment
    nada de eso not at all, nothing of the kind
    ¿se casa Maribel? --¡nada de eso! is Maribel getting married? --absolutely not!, no way!
    nada más... as soon as..., no sooner...
    nada menos que no less than
    por nada for no reason at all
    por nada del mundo (not) for anything in the world
    ¡y nada de...! and don't...!
    ¡y nada de bañarse en el río! and don't go bathing in the river!
    * * *
    1. noun f. 2. adv. - de nada 3. pron.
    nothing, anything
    * * *
    1. PRON
    1) (=ninguna cosa) [con el verbo inglés en forma afirmativa] nothing; [con el verbo inglés en forma negativa] anything

    no dijo nada en toda la tarde — he said nothing all afternoon, he didn't say anything all afternoon

    no hay nada como un café después de comer — there's nothing like a coffee after your meal, nothing beats a coffee after your meal

    -¿qué has comprado? -nada — "what have you bought?" - "nothing"

    nada de, no sabe nada de español — he knows no Spanish at all, he doesn't know any Spanish at all

    -¿qué te cuentas? -nada de particular — "what's new?" - "nothing much" o "not a lot"

    ¡nada de eso! — not a bit of it!

    ¡nada de marcharse! — forget about leaving!

    nada de nada — absolutely nothing, nothing at all

    ahí
    2) [en locuciones]
    a) [con verbo]

    estuvo en nada que lo perdiesen — they very nearly lost it

    no me falta de nada — I've got everything I need

    hace nada — just a moment ago

    no se parecen en nada — they're not at all alike

    quedar(se) en nada — to come to nothing

    no reparar en nada — to stop at nothing

    no servir para nada — to be utterly useless

    no ha sido nada — it's nothing, it doesn't matter

    b) [con preposición, adverbio]

    antes de nada, antes de nada tengo que telefonear — before I do anything else I must make a phone call

    a cada nada — LAm * constantly

    casi nada, no costó casi nada — it cost next to nothing

    ¡había unas cien mil personas! ¡casi nada! — there were no fewer than a hundred thousand people there!

    como si nada, se lo advertí, pero como si nada — I warned him but it was as if I hadn't spoken

    de nada, -¡gracias! -de nada — "thanks!" - "don't mention it" o "you're welcome"

    ¡tanto revuelo por un premio de nada! — all that fuss over such a silly little prize!

    dentro de nada — very soon

    nada más, -¿desea algo más? -nada más, gracias — "can I get you anything else?" - "no, that's all thank you"

    no dijo nada más — he didn't say anything else, he said nothing else

    nada más que estoy muy cansado And, Méx it's just that I'm very tired

    (nada más y) nada menos que... — (no more and) no less than...

    han ganado nada menos que un coche — they've won a car, no less

    ni nada — or anything

    pues no es feo ni nadairó he's not ugly... much!

    para nada — at all

    -¿te gusta? -para nada — "do you like it?" - "not at all"

    por nada, por nada se echa a llorar — she's always crying over nothing o for no reason at all

    no por nada le llaman "apestoso" — he's not called "smelly" for nothing

    ¡por nada! — Cono Sur not at all!, don't mention it!

    3) [como coletilla]

    pues nada, me voy — well, I'm off then

    -¿qué pasó? -pues nada, que estuve esperando y no llegó — "what happened?" - "well, I was there waiting and he didn't arrive"

    y nada, al final nos fuimos — anyway, in the end we left

    4) (Tenis) love
    2.
    ADV not at all, by no means

    no es nada fácil — it's not at all easy, it's by no means easy

    pues no eres tú nada ambiciosoiró well you're not very ambitious, are you?... much!

    3.
    SF
    * * *
    I
    1)

    antes que or de nada — first of all

    no hay nada como... — there's nothing like...

    no es por nada pero... — don't take this the wrong way but...

    nada de nada — (fam) not a thing

    nada más: no hay nada más there's nothing else; ¿algo más? - nada más anything else? - no, that's it o that's all; nada más fui yo (Méx) I was the only one who went; salí nada más comer I went out right o straight after lunch; sacó (nada más ni) nada menos que el primer puesto she came first no less; nada más que: no se lo dije nada más que a él he's the only one I told; para nada: no me gustó para nada I didn't like it at all; como si nada (fam): me lo dijo como si nada! she told me as if it was nothing; se quedó como si nada she didn't even bat an eyelid; no hay nada que hacerle — (fam) that's all there is to it

    2)
    b) ( muy poco)

    con or de nada se rompe — it breaks just like that

    estar en nada: estuvo en nada que perdiéramos el tren — we very nearly missed the train

    c) (fam) ( uso expletivo)

    y nada, que al final no lo compró — anyway, in the end she didn't buy it

    pues nada, ya veremos qué pasa — well o anyway, we'll see what happens

    3) (Esp) ( en tenis) love
    II

    no está nada preocupadohe isn't at all o the least bit worried

    III
    1) (Fil)
    2) (Méx, RPl fam) ( pequeña cantidad)
    * * *
    = anything, nothing, nil, zero + Nombre, naught, nothingness, nowt, zilch.
    Ex. As an inveterate user of the British Museum Library he was able to confirm that 'a library is not worth anything without a catalogue'.
    Ex. Nothing happens until the ENTER key is pressed.
    Ex. While our vision of our readers is hazy and our interests in them nil, then criticism must be either trivial or irrelevant.
    Ex. In recent years special libraries have been faced with a number of important factors, including reduced purchase budgets, zero increases in staffing, and the opportunities offered by automation.
    Ex. Was everything she learned for naught? She felt extinguished.
    Ex. The emptiness and nothingness associated with writer's block is often described as a kind of death, a place where there is nothing to decide, nothing about which to express an opinion.
    Ex. There's a real danger of flying off on a tangent while writing about this as it for once is purely about politics and there's ' nowt' as controversial as that.
    Ex. Before you lend cash to Tom, Dick and Harry, be sure you know what you're doing or else your friendship will be worth zilch.
    ----
    * a cambio de nada = for nothing.
    * a nadie le importa nada = nobody + gives a damn.
    * antes de nada = before long, before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.
    * antes que nada = first of all, before anything else, first off, above all things.
    * a propósito de nada = for no specific reason, for no particular reason.
    * caer en la nada = fall into + the void, fall into + (empty) space.
    * casi nada = next to nothing.
    * como si nada = be right as rain, unfazed.
    * contar para nada = count + for nothing.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * de la nada = from nowhere, out of nowhere.
    * del año de la nada = from the year dot.
    * en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time.
    * en nada de tiempo = at a moment's notice, in next to no time, in no time at all, in no time.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * hablar sin decir nada = waffle.
    * hacer como si nada = play it + cool.
    * más que nada = more than anything else.
    * nada bonito = unlovely.
    * nada claro = unclear, uncleared.
    * nada convencido = unimpressed.
    * nada convencional = unorthodox.
    * ¡nada de eso! = no dice!.
    * nada de importancia = nothing in particular.
    * nada de nada = zilch.
    * nada desdeñable = not inconsiderable.
    * nada despreciable = not inconsiderable.
    * nada en absoluto = not at all, nothing whatsoever.
    * nada en la vida es gratuito = you cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs.
    * nada envidiable = unenviable.
    * nada es gratis = nothing comes without a cost.
    * nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.
    * nada es mejor que = nothing beats....
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth, nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada extraordinario = unremarkable.
    * nada impresionado = unimpressed.
    * nada instintivo = counter-intuitive [counterintuitive].
    * nada intuitivo = counter-intuitive [counterintuitive].
    * nada lógico = counter-intuitive [counterintuitive].
    * nada más = anything else, nothing else.
    * nada más y nada menos = as much as + Expresión Numérica.
    * nada más y nada menos que = in the order of + Cantidad, nothing less than.
    * nada más y nada menos que de/por + Cantidad = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * nada más y nada menos que + Número = as many as + Número.
    * nada materialista = unworldly.
    * nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.
    * nada puede estar más alejado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nada puede estar más apartado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.
    * nada se acaba hasta que no se acaba = nothing is done until it's done.
    * nada sorprendente = unsurprising.
    * nada supera a = nothing beats....
    * no andar en nada bueno = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * no conducir a nada = be exercises in + futility.
    * no conocer a Alguien de nada = not know + Pronombre + from Adam.
    * no conocer a Alguien para nada = not know + Pronombre + from Adam.
    * no conseguir nada = achieve + nothing.
    * no deber nada = pay + Posesivo + dues.
    * no decir nada = keep + quiet.
    * no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.
    * no encontrar nada + Adjetivo = find far from + Adjetivo.
    * no estar nada + Adjetivo = be anything but + Adjetivo.
    * no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.
    * no haber nada de verdad en = there + be + any/no truth to.
    * no + haber + nada malo en = there + be + nothing wrong in/with.
    * no hacer nada = vegetate, veg out.
    * no hacer nada al respecto = leave + unchecked.
    * no hacer nada de particular = do + nothing in particular.
    * no hay nada como = nothing beats....
    * no hay nada imposible = all bets are off.
    * no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....
    * no hay nada oculto = what you see is what you get.
    * no importar nada = not give a shit, not give a fuck.
    * no parecerse en nada a = be nothing like.
    * no perderse nada = be no great loss.
    * no querer saber más nada de = drop + Nombre + like a hot potato, drop + Nombre + like a hot brick.
    * no querer saber nada de = want + nothing to do with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no revelar nada a nadie = lips + seal.
    * no ser nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.
    * no servir de nada = be of no avail, be to no avail.
    * no servir de nada que + Subjuntivo = no use + Ving.
    * no servir para nada = be good for nothing, pissing into the wind, be of no avail, be to no avail, all + be for + naught.
    * no significar nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no suponer nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + nothing against, have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * o nada en absoluto = if at all.
    * para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.
    * para que no falte de nada = for good measure.
    * persona que nunca se deshace de anda = hoarder, packrat, magpie.
    * por nada = for nothing.
    * por nada del mundo = for the life of me.
    * por nada o casi nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.
    * por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * primero que nada = first off.
    * que no conduce a nada = circuitous.
    * quien nada arriesga nada gana = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * reducir a la nada = reduce to + nil.
    * saber un poco de todo y mucho de nada = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * sentarse sin hacer nada = sit + idle.
    * ser nada más y nada menos que = be nothing less than.
    * servir de poco o nada = be of little or no avail.
    * servir para nada = count + for nothing.
    * sin decir nada = dumbly.
    * sin dejar nada fuera = the works!.
    * sin nada de gracia = unfunny.
    * sin nada que destacar = uneventful.
    * sin poder hacer nada = helplessly.
    * trabajar a cambio de nada = work for + nothing.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * y antes de nada = the next thing + Pronombre + know.
    * * *
    I
    1)

    antes que or de nada — first of all

    no hay nada como... — there's nothing like...

    no es por nada pero... — don't take this the wrong way but...

    nada de nada — (fam) not a thing

    nada más: no hay nada más there's nothing else; ¿algo más? - nada más anything else? - no, that's it o that's all; nada más fui yo (Méx) I was the only one who went; salí nada más comer I went out right o straight after lunch; sacó (nada más ni) nada menos que el primer puesto she came first no less; nada más que: no se lo dije nada más que a él he's the only one I told; para nada: no me gustó para nada I didn't like it at all; como si nada (fam): me lo dijo como si nada! she told me as if it was nothing; se quedó como si nada she didn't even bat an eyelid; no hay nada que hacerle — (fam) that's all there is to it

    2)
    b) ( muy poco)

    con or de nada se rompe — it breaks just like that

    estar en nada: estuvo en nada que perdiéramos el tren — we very nearly missed the train

    c) (fam) ( uso expletivo)

    y nada, que al final no lo compró — anyway, in the end she didn't buy it

    pues nada, ya veremos qué pasa — well o anyway, we'll see what happens

    3) (Esp) ( en tenis) love
    II

    no está nada preocupadohe isn't at all o the least bit worried

    III
    1) (Fil)
    2) (Méx, RPl fam) ( pequeña cantidad)
    * * *
    = anything, nothing, nil, zero + Nombre, naught, nothingness, nowt, zilch.

    Ex: As an inveterate user of the British Museum Library he was able to confirm that 'a library is not worth anything without a catalogue'.

    Ex: Nothing happens until the ENTER key is pressed.
    Ex: While our vision of our readers is hazy and our interests in them nil, then criticism must be either trivial or irrelevant.
    Ex: In recent years special libraries have been faced with a number of important factors, including reduced purchase budgets, zero increases in staffing, and the opportunities offered by automation.
    Ex: Was everything she learned for naught? She felt extinguished.
    Ex: The emptiness and nothingness associated with writer's block is often described as a kind of death, a place where there is nothing to decide, nothing about which to express an opinion.
    Ex: There's a real danger of flying off on a tangent while writing about this as it for once is purely about politics and there's ' nowt' as controversial as that.
    Ex: Before you lend cash to Tom, Dick and Harry, be sure you know what you're doing or else your friendship will be worth zilch.
    * a cambio de nada = for nothing.
    * a nadie le importa nada = nobody + gives a damn.
    * antes de nada = before long, before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.
    * antes que nada = first of all, before anything else, first off, above all things.
    * a propósito de nada = for no specific reason, for no particular reason.
    * caer en la nada = fall into + the void, fall into + (empty) space.
    * casi nada = next to nothing.
    * como si nada = be right as rain, unfazed.
    * contar para nada = count + for nothing.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * de la nada = from nowhere, out of nowhere.
    * del año de la nada = from the year dot.
    * en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time.
    * en nada de tiempo = at a moment's notice, in next to no time, in no time at all, in no time.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * hablar sin decir nada = waffle.
    * hacer como si nada = play it + cool.
    * más que nada = more than anything else.
    * nada bonito = unlovely.
    * nada claro = unclear, uncleared.
    * nada convencido = unimpressed.
    * nada convencional = unorthodox.
    * ¡nada de eso! = no dice!.
    * nada de importancia = nothing in particular.
    * nada de nada = zilch.
    * nada desdeñable = not inconsiderable.
    * nada despreciable = not inconsiderable.
    * nada en absoluto = not at all, nothing whatsoever.
    * nada en la vida es gratuito = you cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs.
    * nada envidiable = unenviable.
    * nada es gratis = nothing comes without a cost.
    * nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.
    * nada es mejor que = nothing beats....
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth, nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada extraordinario = unremarkable.
    * nada impresionado = unimpressed.
    * nada instintivo = counter-intuitive [counterintuitive].
    * nada intuitivo = counter-intuitive [counterintuitive].
    * nada lógico = counter-intuitive [counterintuitive].
    * nada más = anything else, nothing else.
    * nada más y nada menos = as much as + Expresión Numérica.
    * nada más y nada menos que = in the order of + Cantidad, nothing less than.
    * nada más y nada menos que de/por + Cantidad = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * nada más y nada menos que + Número = as many as + Número.
    * nada materialista = unworldly.
    * nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.
    * nada puede estar más alejado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nada puede estar más apartado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.
    * nada se acaba hasta que no se acaba = nothing is done until it's done.
    * nada sorprendente = unsurprising.
    * nada supera a = nothing beats....
    * no andar en nada bueno = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * no conducir a nada = be exercises in + futility.
    * no conocer a Alguien de nada = not know + Pronombre + from Adam.
    * no conocer a Alguien para nada = not know + Pronombre + from Adam.
    * no conseguir nada = achieve + nothing.
    * no deber nada = pay + Posesivo + dues.
    * no decir nada = keep + quiet.
    * no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.
    * no encontrar nada + Adjetivo = find far from + Adjetivo.
    * no estar nada + Adjetivo = be anything but + Adjetivo.
    * no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.
    * no haber nada de verdad en = there + be + any/no truth to.
    * no + haber + nada malo en = there + be + nothing wrong in/with.
    * no hacer nada = vegetate, veg out.
    * no hacer nada al respecto = leave + unchecked.
    * no hacer nada de particular = do + nothing in particular.
    * no hay nada como = nothing beats....
    * no hay nada imposible = all bets are off.
    * no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....
    * no hay nada oculto = what you see is what you get.
    * no importar nada = not give a shit, not give a fuck.
    * no parecerse en nada a = be nothing like.
    * no perderse nada = be no great loss.
    * no querer saber más nada de = drop + Nombre + like a hot potato, drop + Nombre + like a hot brick.
    * no querer saber nada de = want + nothing to do with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no revelar nada a nadie = lips + seal.
    * no ser nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.
    * no servir de nada = be of no avail, be to no avail.
    * no servir de nada que + Subjuntivo = no use + Ving.
    * no servir para nada = be good for nothing, pissing into the wind, be of no avail, be to no avail, all + be for + naught.
    * no significar nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no suponer nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + nothing against, have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * o nada en absoluto = if at all.
    * para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.
    * para que no falte de nada = for good measure.
    * persona que nunca se deshace de anda = hoarder, packrat, magpie.
    * por nada = for nothing.
    * por nada del mundo = for the life of me.
    * por nada o casi nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.
    * por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * primero que nada = first off.
    * que no conduce a nada = circuitous.
    * quien nada arriesga nada gana = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * reducir a la nada = reduce to + nil.
    * saber un poco de todo y mucho de nada = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * sentarse sin hacer nada = sit + idle.
    * ser nada más y nada menos que = be nothing less than.
    * servir de poco o nada = be of little or no avail.
    * servir para nada = count + for nothing.
    * sin decir nada = dumbly.
    * sin dejar nada fuera = the works!.
    * sin nada de gracia = unfunny.
    * sin nada que destacar = uneventful.
    * sin poder hacer nada = helplessly.
    * trabajar a cambio de nada = work for + nothing.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * y antes de nada = the next thing + Pronombre + know.

    * * *
    A
    1 nothing
    es mejor que nada it's better than nothing
    de nada sirve que le compres libros si no los lee there's no point in buying him books if he doesn't read them
    antes que or de nada first of all
    nada te faltará or no te faltará nada you won't want for anything
    no hay nada como un buen baño caliente there's nothing like a nice hot bath
    hace dos días que no come nada he hasn't eaten a thing o anything for two days
    ¡no sirves para nada! you're useless
    no se hizo nada he wasn't hurt
    no sé por qué llora, yo no le hice nada I don't know why he's crying, I didn't touch him
    ¿te has hecho daño? — no, no ha sido nada did you hurt yourself? — no, it's nothing
    ¡perdón! — no fue nada sorry! — that's all right
    no es por nada pero … don't take this the wrong way but …
    se fue sin decir nada she left without a word
    nadie me dio nada nobody gave me anything
    nada DE algo:
    no necesita nada de azúcar it doesn't need any sugar at all
    eso no tiene nada de gracia that's not in the least bit o not at all funny
    ¡nada de juegos or jugar ahora! you're not playing o I don't want any games now!
    2 ( en locs):
    de nada you're welcome, it's a pleasure, don't mention it ( frml)
    nada de nada ( fam); not a thing
    nada más: no hay nada más there's nothing else
    ¿algo más? — nada más anything else? — no, that's it o that's all o that's the lot
    no se pudo hacer nada más or más nada por él nothing more could be done for him
    nada más fui yo ( Méx); I was the only one who went
    no nada más yo lo critico ( Méx); I'm not the only one to criticize him
    salí nada más comer I went out right o straight after lunch
    nada más llegar subió a verla as soon as he arrived he went up to see her
    nada más que: la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth
    no se lo dije nada más que a él he's the only one I told, I didn't tell anyone except him o but him
    nada que … ( Andes fam): ya son las diez y nada que vienen it's already ten o'clock and there's still no sign of them
    ni nada ( fam): no me avisó ni nada ( fam); he didn't tell me or anything, he didn't even tell me
    no es ambicioso ni nada ( iró); he's not at all ambitious or anything like that! ( iro)
    para nada not … at all
    ese tema no se tocó para nada that topic didn't come up at all
    no me gustó para nada I didn't like it at all o one little bit
    ahí es nada ( fam iró): hicieron un par de millones, ahí es nada they made a couple of million … peanuts o chickenfeed! ( colloq iro)
    como si nada ( fam): ¡me lo dice como si nada! she tells me as casual as you like, and she tells me as if it was nothing
    se quedó como si nada she didn't even bat an eyelid
    se lo dije mil veces, pero como si nada I told her over and over again, but it didn't do the slightest bit of good
    no estás/está en nada ( Ven arg); you're/he's so uncool ( colloq), you don't/he doesn't have a clue ( colloq)
    no hay nada que hacerle ( fam); that's all there is to it, there are no two ways about it
    B
    1
    (algo): ¿has visto alguna vez nada igual? have you ever seen the like of it o the likes of it o anything like it?
    antes de que digas nada before you say anything
    2
    (muy poco): con or de nada se rompe it breaks just like that
    fue un golpe de nada it was only a little bump
    en nada de tiempo in no time at all
    compraron la casa por nada they bought the house for next to nothing
    dentro de nada very soon, in no time at all
    estar en nada: estuvo en nada que perdiéramos el tren we very nearly missed the train
    no nos vieron, pero estuvo en nada they didn't see us, but it was a close call o shave
    3 ( fam)
    (uso expletivo): y nada, que al final no lo compró anyway, in the end she didn't buy it
    pues nada, ya veremos qué pasa well o anyway, we'll see what happens
    C ( Esp) (en tenis) love
    quince-nada fifteen-love
    no está nada preocupado he isn't at all o the least bit worried
    anoche no dormí nada I didn't sleep a wink o at all last night
    no me gusta nada lo que has hecho I don't like what you've done one bit
    no es nada engreído el chico ( iró); he sure is vain!, he isn't half conceited! ( BrE)
    A ( Fil):
    la nada nothing
    el universo se creó de la nada the universe was created from nothing o from the void
    surgió de la nada it came out of nowhere
    B
    (Méx, RPl fam) (pequeña cantidad): ¿le diste vino al bebé? — sólo una nada did you give the baby wine? — only a tiny drop
    le puse una nada de sal I added a tiny pinch of salt
    ganó por una nada he won by a whisker
    * * *

     

    Del verbo nadar: ( conjugate nadar)

    nada es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    nada    
    nadar
    nada pronombre
    1


    de nada sirve que le compres libros there's no point in buying him books;
    antes que or de nada first of all;
    no quiere nada he doesn't want anything;
    ¡no sirves para nada! you're useless;
    sin decir nada without a word
    b) ( en locs)


    nada de nada (fam) not a thing;
    nada más: no hay nada más there's nothing else;
    ¿algo más? — nada más anything else? — no, that's it o that's all;
    nada más fui yo (Méx) I was the only one who went;
    salí nada más comer I went out right o straight after lunch;
    sacó (nada más ni) nada menos que el primer puesto she came first no less;
    para nada: no me gustó para nada I didn't like it at all;
    por nada: la compraron por nada they bought it for next to nothing;
    discuten por nada they argue over nothing;
    llora por nada she cries at the slightest little thing
    2 (Esp) ( en tenis) love;

    ■ adverbio:
    no está nada preocupado he isn't at all o the least bit worried;

    esto no me gusta nada I don't like this at all o (colloq) one bit
    nadar ( conjugate nadar) verbo intransitivo
    a) [persona/pez] to swim;

    ¿sabes nada? can you swim?;

    nada (estilo) mariposa/pecho to do (the) butterfly/breaststroke;
    nada de espalda or (Méx) de dorso to do (the) back stroke
    b) [ramas/hojas] ( flotar) to float

    c)

    nadar en ( tener mucho): nada en dinero to be rolling in money (colloq);

    el pollo nadaba en grasa the chicken was swimming in grease
    verbo transitivo
    to swim
    nada
    I pron
    1 (ninguna cosa) nothing: ¿qué te cuentas?, - nada nuevo, how it's going?, - nothing new
    (con otro negativo) nothing, not... anything: no hay nada más importante, there is nothing more important
    no tocamos nada, we didn't touch anything
    no lo cambiaría por nada del mundo, I wouldn't change it for anything on earth
    2 (en preguntas) anything: ¿no tienes nada que decir?, don't you have anything to say?
    3 (muy poco) con la niebla no veíamos nada, we couldn't see a thing in the fog
    no fue nada, (herida, golpe) I wasn't hurt
    (respuesta a una disculpa) it's all right
    4 (en ciertas construcciones) anything
    más que nada, more than anything: me importa más que nada, it means more than anything else to me
    sin decir nada, without saying anything/a word
    II adverbio not at all: no nos aburrimos nada, we weren't bored at all
    no escribe nada mal, he doesn't write at all badly
    III sustantivo femenino nothingness
    ♦ Locuciones: casi nada, almost nothing
    gracias, - de nada, thanks, - don't mention it
    más que nada: te lo digo más que nada para que no vayas a meter la pata, more than anything else I'm telling you so you don't put your foot in it
    nada más: nada más oírlo, as soon as she heard it
    familiar para nada, not at all
    nadar verbo intransitivo
    1 Dep to swim: no sé nadar, I can't swim
    2 (un objeto) to float
    3 (tener en abundancia) nada en libros, she has a lot of books
    ' nada' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    absolutamente
    - adelantar
    - adorno
    - amilanarse
    - amohinarse
    - balde
    - bastante
    - bregar
    - cabo
    - callar
    - calmarse
    - cero
    - ciega
    - ciego
    - clara
    - claro
    - comecome
    - como
    - comparecencia
    - concreta
    - concreto
    - conducir
    - contra
    - dar
    - débil
    - decir
    - derecha
    - desocupada
    - desocupado
    - doblar
    - doblarse
    - doble
    - ecuánime
    - embalarse
    - envidiar
    - escaramuza
    - escarceo
    - faltar
    - frescura
    - ir
    - gusto
    - hablar
    - incumbir
    - interés
    - interlunio
    - jota
    - jueves
    - maldita
    - maldito
    - más
    English:
    all
    - all right
    - amusing
    - antsy
    - anything
    - associate
    - avail
    - blank
    - board
    - breathe
    - burn
    - clash
    - clear
    - click
    - come into
    - contrary
    - cop
    - damn
    - dark
    - dark horse
    - dead
    - depth
    - dim
    - dishwater
    - disorderly
    - drone
    - dwindle
    - earth
    - earthly
    - easy
    - enforce
    - ever
    - excuse
    - first
    - flair
    - further
    - go on
    - go without
    - going
    - good
    - hand
    - hang about
    - hang around
    - hardly
    - harm
    - have
    - head
    - home
    - hot
    - ill-considered
    * * *
    pron
    1. [ninguna cosa o cantidad] nothing;
    [en negativas] anything;
    no he leído nada de Lorca I haven't read anything by Lorca;
    no pasó nada nothing happened;
    a él nada parece satisfacerle he never seems to be satisfied with anything;
    de nada vale insistir there's no point in insisting;
    nada me gustaría más que poder ayudarte there's nothing I'd like more than to be able to help you;
    no hay nada como un buen libro there's nothing (quite) like a good book;
    tranquilos, no es nada don't worry, it's nothing serious;
    casi nada almost nothing;
    de nada, Am [m5] por nada [respuesta a “gracias”] you're welcome, don't mention it;
    esto no es nada that's nothing;
    no queda nada de café there's no coffee left;
    no tengo nada de ganas de ir I don't feel like going at all;
    no dijo nada de nada he didn't say anything at all;
    no me ha gustado nada de nada I didn't like it at all o one little bit;
    nada de quejas, ¿de acuerdo? no complaining, right?, I don't want any complaints, right?;
    nada más nothing else, nothing more;
    ¿desean algo más? – nada más, gracias do you want anything else? – no, that's everything o all, thank you;
    no quiero nada más I don't want anything else;
    me dio de plazo dos días nada más she only gave me two days to do it;
    me ha costado nada más que 20 dólares it only cost me 20 dollars;
    ¡tanto esfuerzo para nada! all that effort for nothing!
    2. [poco, muy poco]
    yo apenas sé nada de ese tema I hardly know anything about that subject;
    es muy frágil y con nada se parte it's very fragile and is easily broken;
    dentro de nada any second now;
    lo he visto salir hace nada I saw him leave just a moment ago o just this minute;
    no hace nada que salió he left just a moment ago o just this minute;
    por nada se enfada she gets angry at the slightest thing, it doesn't take much for her to get angry;
    CAm, Col, Ven Fam
    a cada nada every five minutes, constantly;
    Méx
    en nada estuvo que se casara he very nearly got married
    3. Esp [en tenis] love;
    treinta nada thirty love
    4. [expresando negación]
    ¡nada de eso! absolutely not!;
    no pienso ir, ni llamar, ni nada I won't go, or call, or anything;
    no tenemos ni coche, ni moto, ni nada que se le parezca we don't have a car or a motorbike, or anything of that sort
    5. Comp
    ¡ahí es nada!, ¡casi nada!: cuesta cinco millones, ¡ahí es nada! o [m5]¡casi nada! it costs a cool five million!;
    como si nada as if nothing was the matter, as if nothing had happened;
    (nada más y) nada menos que [cosa] no less than;
    [persona] none other than; Fam
    ni nada: ¡no es alta ni nada la chica! she's tall all right!, you could say she's tall!;
    no es por nada: no es por nada pero creo que estás equivocado don't take this the wrong way, but I think you're mistaken;
    no es por nada pero llevas la bragueta abierta by the way, your fly's undone
    adv
    1. [en absoluto] at all;
    la película no me ha gustado nada I didn't like the movie at all;
    no he dormido nada I didn't get any sleep at all;
    no es nada extraño it's not at all strange;
    la obra no es nada aburrida the play isn't the slightest bit boring;
    no está nada mal it's not at all bad;
    no nos llevamos nada bien we don't get on at all well;
    Fam
    ¿te importa que me quede? – ¡para nada! do you mind if I stay? – of course not! o not at all!
    2. Fam [enfático]
    nada, que no hay manera de convencerle but no, he just refuses to be convinced
    nf
    1.
    la nada nothingness, the void;
    [el no ser]
    salir o [m5] surgir de la nada to appear out of o from nowhere
    2. Méx, RP Fam [muy poco]
    le pedí plata y me dio una nada I asked him for some money and he gave me next to nothing;
    comí una nada de helado I had a tiny bit of ice cream
    de nada loc adj
    te he traído un regalito de nada I've brought you a little something;
    es sólo un rasguño de nada it's just a little scratch
    nada más loc adv
    1. [al poco de]
    nada más salir de casa… no sooner had I left the house than…, as soon as I left the house…;
    nos iremos nada más cenar we'll go as soon as we've had dinner, we'll go straight after dinner
    2. Méx [solamente]
    nada más vine yo I'm the only one who's come
    3. Méx [sin más]
    de la fiesta regresaron a casa y nada más they went straight home after the party
    * * *
    I pron nothing;
    no hay nada there isn’t anything;
    no es nada it’s nothing;
    nada más nothing else;
    nada menos que no less than;
    nada de nada nothing at all;
    para nada not at all;
    no lo entiendes para nada you don’t understand at all;
    lo dices como si nada you talk about it as if it was nothing;
    más que nada more than anything;
    no lo haría por nada del mundo I wouldn’t do it if you paid me;
    por menos de nada for no reason at all;
    nada más llegar as soon as I arrived;
    antes de nada first of all;
    ¡nada de eso! fam you can put that idea out of your head;
    ¡casi nada! peanuts!;
    ¡de nada! you’re welcome, not at all;
    pues nada, … well, …
    II adv not at all;
    no ha llovido nada it hasn’t rained;
    no estoy nada contento I’m not at all happy
    III f nothingness
    * * *
    nada adv
    : not at all, not in the least
    no estamos nada cansados: we are not at all tired
    nada nf
    1) : nothingness
    2) : smidgen, bit
    una nada le disgusta: the slightest thing upsets him
    nada pron
    1) : nothing
    no estoy haciendo nada: I'm not doing anything
    2)
    casi nada : next to nothing
    3)
    de nada : you're welcome
    4)
    dentro de nada : very soon, in no time
    5)
    nada más : nothing else, nothing more
    * * *
    nada1 adv at all
    nada2 pron
    1. nothing / not... anything
    no hay nada, está vacío there's nothing there, it's empty
    2. (en tenis) love
    de nada (como respuesta) you're welcome / don't mention it (sin importancia) little / slight
    nada de no / any
    no tengo nada de dinero I've got no money / I haven't got any money
    no habla nada de inglés he speaks no English / doesn't speak any English
    nada más... as soon as...
    nada más entrar, vi a Fernando I saw Fernando as soon as I went in

    Spanish-English dictionary > nada

  • 13 κύριος

    1
    I. κύριος, ία, ιον(Pind. et al.; ins, pap) comp. κυριώτερος (Just., A II, 13, 3); superl. κυριώτατος (Just., D. 11, 2); adv. κυρίως. The primary mng. relates to possession of power or authority, in various senses: ‘strong, authoritative, valid, ruling’; then to that which is preeminently important principal, essential (Aeschyl. et al.; 4 Macc 1:19; Jos., Ant. 20, 41, C. Ap. 1, 19; 2, 177; Just.; Ath. 22:2) τὸ δὲ κυριώτερον but what is more important IMg 1:2 (cp. Diog. L. 4, 26 ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ=quite definitely).—DELG.
    2
    II. κύριος, ου, ὁ (the masc. form of the subst. adj. κύριος [s. I], Aeschyl.+; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385 [=ὁ τὸ κῦρος ἔχων]; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr.; Philo, Joseph., apolog.; loanw. in rabb. For the corresp. fem. s. κυρία.) gener. ‘lord, master’.
    one who is in charge by virtue of possession, owner (X., Symp. 6, 1; Diod S 4, 15, 3; 14, 7, 6; ins, pap, LXX) κ. πάντων Gal 4:1 (Diod S 33, 7, 1; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 13 p. 12, 10 of one who has come of age and controls his own property).
    of things w. impers. obj. κ. τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος owner of the vineyard (cp. SIG 742, 6 κ. τῆς χώρας) Mt 20:8; 21:40; Mk 12:9; Lk 20:13, 15; ὁ κ. τῆς οἰκίας the master of the house (Ex 22:7; SIG 1215, 28; PTebt 5, 147 [118 B.C.] τοὺς κ. τῶν οἰκιῶν) Mk 13:35. Of a πῶλος: οἱ κ. αὐτοῦ its owners (PHib 34, 3 a span of oxen; Ex 21:29 [αὐτοῦ=τοῦ ταύρου]) Lk 19:33 (ASouter, Exp. 8th ser., 8, 1914, 94f, in connection w. the pl. here and Ac 16:16, 19 thinks of the owners as man and wife; the pl. οἱ κύριοι has this mng. Diod S 34 + 35, Fgm. 2, 10 and 2, 37: a married couple who are slave-owners. On the other hand in the Syntipas collection of Aesop’s Fables 16 p. 534 P. οἱ κύριοι of a dog are a number of metalworkers. On Hebr. background for possible understanding of the pl. in the sing. sense ‘owner’, s. RButh, JBL 104, ’86, 680–85.). The mng. owner easily passes into that of lord, master, one who has full control of someth. (Diod S 5, 42, 5 θανάτου κύριοι=lords over [life and] death; 10, 17, 1 and 2 κ. τοῦ σώματος=master of one’s own body; Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 11, 10 ὁ κ. τῆς ζωῆς; PsSol 2:29 κ. γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 67; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 200) ὁ κ. τοῦ θερισμοῦ the Lord of the harvest (Jos., Ant.4, 227 κύριος ἔστω τὰ φυτὰ καρποῦσθαι) Mt 9:38; Lk 10:2. κ. τοῦ σαββάτου Lord of the Sabbath Mt 12:8; Mk 2:28; Lk 6:5.
    w. a personal obj.: opp. δοῦλος J 13:16; foll. by gen. of pers. (cp. Judg 19:11; Gen 24:36; TestSol 22:5; TestJob 7:9; TestGad 4:4; JosAs 4:14) Mt 10:24f; 18:31f; 24:48; Lk 12:36. ὁ κ. τοῦ δούλου Lk 12:46. Abs., though the sense is unmistakable (Diod S 8, 5, 3; ApcEsdr 3:14 p. 27, 27f Tdf.) 12:37, 42b; 14:23; J 15:15; cp. Ro 14:4a; Eph 6:9a; Col 4:1. Several masters of the same slave (Billerb. I 430.—TestJos 14:2): δυσὶν κυρίοις δουλεύειν Mt 6:24; Ac 16:16, 19 (s. Souter under a above). κατὰ σάρκα designates more definitely the sphere in which the service-relation holds true οἱ κατὰ σάρκα κ. Eph 6:5; Col 3:22. As a form of address used by slaves κύριε Mt 13:27; 25:20, 22, 24; Lk 13:8; 14:22; 19:16, 18, 20, 25.
    one who is in a position of authority, lord, master
    of earthly beings, as a designation of any pers. of high position: of husband in contrast to wife 1 Pt 3:6 (Gen 18:12; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 15 [Stone p. 38]; ApcMos 2. cp. Plut., De Virt. Mul. 15 p. 252b; SIG 1189, 7; 1190, 5; 1234, 1); of a father by his son Mt 21:29 (cp. BGU 423, 2 Ἀπίων Ἐπιμάχῳ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ; 818, 1; 28; Gen 31:35; by his daughter TestJob 46:2; JosAs 4:5); of an official in high position, by those who have dealings with him (cp. PFay 106, 15; 129, 1; 134, 2; BGU 648, 16) Mt 27:63. As a form of address to respected pers. gener.; here, as elsewhere, = our sir (as Mod. Gk.) Mt 25:11; J 12:21; 20:15 (but s. NWyatt, ZNW 81, ’90, 38); Ac 16:30; Rv 7:14 (cp. Epict. 3, 23, 11; 19; Gen 23:6; 44:18; TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 33 [Stone p. 4]; JosAs 7:8 al.). The distinctive Gr-Rom. view of ‘deified’ rulers requires treatment under 2bβ.
    of transcendent beings
    α. as a designation of God (for this custom, which has its roots in the Orient, s. the references in Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 95–98; Dssm., LO 298f [LAE 353ff]; s. also SEG XXXVI, 350 and add. ins cited by DZeller, DDD 918f; LXX (where it freq. replaces the name Yahweh in the Mt); pseudepigr.; Philo, Just.; Hippol. Ref. 8, 17, 1; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 35, 6.—FDoppler, D. Wort ‘Herr’ als Göttername im Griech.: Opusc. philol. v. kath. akad. Philologenverein in Wien I 1926, 42–47; MParca, ASP 31, ’91, 51 [lit.]) ὁ κ. Mt 5:33; Mk 5:19; Lk 1:6, 9, 28, 46; 2:15, 22; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 7:33; 8:24; Eph 6:7 (perh. w. ref. to Christ); 2 Th 3:3; 2 Ti 1:16, 18; Hb 8:2; Js 1:7; 4:15. Without the art. (on the inclusion or omission of the art. s. BWeiss [θεός, beg.]; B-D-F §254, 1; Mlt-Turner 174), like a personal name (οὐδένα κύριον ὀνομνάζουσι πλὴν τὸν θεόν Hippol. Ref. 9, 26, 2) Mt 27:10; Mk 13:20; Lk 1:17, 58; Ac 7:49; Hb 7:21 (Ps 109:4); 12:6 (Pr 3:12); 2 Pt 2:9; Jd 5 (θεὸς Χριστός P72); 9. ἄγγελος κυρίου (LXX, TestSol, GrBar et al.) Mt 1:20, 24; 2:13, 19; 28:2; Lk 1:11; 2:9a; J 5:3 v.l.; Ac 5:19; 7:30 v.l.; 8:26; 12:7, 23. δόξα κυρίου (Is 40:5; PsSol 5:19; 7:31; TestLevi 8:11; ApcMos 37) Lk 2:9b; δούλη κ. 1:38; ἡμέρα κ. Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); νόμος κ. Lk 2:23f, 39; τὸ ὄνομα κ. Mt 21:9 (Ps 117:26; PsSol 6:1 al.); Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); πνεῦμα κ. Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39; τὸ ῥῆμα κ. 1 Pt 1:25 (Gen 15:1 al.); φωνὴ κ. (Gen 3:8 al.); Ac 7:31; χεὶρ κ. (Ex 9:3 al.; TestJob 26:4; ApcMos prol.) Lk 1:66. ὁ Χριστὸς κυρίου 2:26 (PsSol 17:32 [Χριστὸς κύριος, s. app.]).—W. the sphere of his lordship more definitely expressed (Diod S 3, 61, 5 Zeus is κ. τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; 6 θεὸς καὶ κ. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; Jos., Ant. 20, 90 τῶν πάντων κ.; Just., D. 127, 2 κ. τῶν πάντων) κ. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς (PGM 4, 640f; ParJer 5:32 [Harris]) Mt 11:25; Lk 10:21; cp. Ac 17:24. κ. τῶν κυριευόντων Lord of lords 1 Ti 6:15. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1:14; 2 Pt 3:15; Rv 11:15 (LXX; PsSol 10:5). Cp. 22:6 (s. Num 16:22; 27:16). κ. ὁ θεός Lk 1:32; Rv 1:8; with μου (σου, etc.) Mt 4:7 (Dt 6:16), 10 (Dt 6:13); 22:37 (Dt 6:5); Mk 12:29f (Dt 6:4f); Lk 1:16 al. κ. ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1:68 (PsSol 16:3; TestSol 1:13). κ. ὁ θεὸς (ἡμῶν) ὁ παντοκράτωρ God, the (our) Lord, the Almighty Rv 4:8; 15:3; 16:7; 19:6; 21:22 (TestSol D 4:7; cp. ParJer 9:6). κ. Σαβαώθ Ro 9:29 (Is 1:9; TestSol 1:6 al.; Just., D. 64, 2); Js 5:4.—W. prep. ἐνώπιον τοῦ κυρίου Lk 1:15 (Ex 23:17; 1 Km 1:25 al.; TestJob 15:6 al.; TestReub 1:9 al.). παρὰ κυρίου Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). παρὰ κυρίῳ 2 Pt 3:8. πρὸς τὸν κύριον Hs 9, 12, 6 (LXX; PsSol 1:1 al.).
    β. Closely connected w. the custom of applying the term κ. to deities is that of honoring (deified) rulers with the same title (exx. [2bα beg.] in Ltzm., op. cit.; Bousset 93; Dssm., 299ff [LAE 356]; FKattenbusch, Das apostol. Symbol II 1900, 605ff; KPrümm, Herrscherkult u. NT: Biblica 9, 1928, 3–25; 119–40; 289–301; JFears, RAC XIV, 1047–93; JvanHenten, 1341–52 [lit.]; cp. the attitude of the Lacedaemonians: φοβούμενοι τὸν ἕνα κ. αὐτῶν τὸν Λυκούργου νόμον=‘respecting their one and only lord, the law of Lycurgus’ Orig., C. Cels. 8, 6, 12). Fr. the time of Claudius (POxy. 37, 6; O. Wilck II 1038, 6) we find the Rom. emperors so designated in increasing measure; in isolated cases, even earlier (OGI 606, 1; on Augustus’ attitude s. DioCass. 51, 7f). Ac 25:26.—On deified rulers in gener. s. LCerfaux-JTondriau, Un concurrent du Christianisme: le culte des souverains dans la civilisation gréco-romaine ’57; FTaeger, Charisma, 2 vols. ’57–60; DRoloff, Göttlichkeit, Vergöttlichung und Erhöhung zu seligem Leben, ’70. S. esp. the collection of articles and reviews by various scholars, in Römischer Kaiserkult, ed. AWlosok ’78.
    γ. κύριος is also used in ref. to Jesus:
    א. in OT quotations, where it is understood of the Lord of the new community ἡ ὁδὸς κ. (Is 40:3) Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4; J 1:23. εἶπεν κύριος τ. κυρίῳ μου (Ps 109:1: the first κ. is God, the second Christ; s. Billerb. IV 452–65: Der 110. Ps. in d. altrabb. Lit.; βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν χριστὸς κ. [or κυρίου; s. 2bα] PsSol 17:32) Mt 22:44 (cp. vss. 43, 45); Mk 12:36 (cp. vs. 37); Lk 20:42 (cp. vs. 44); Ac 2:34. ὁ καυχώμενος ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 Cor 1:31 (cp. Jer 9:22f). τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου Ro 10:13 (cp. Jo 3:5). σὺ κατʼ ἀρχάς, κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας Hb 1:10 (cp. Ps 101:26). εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος 1 Pt 2:3 (cp. Ps 33:9). 1 Pt 3:15 adds Χριστόν to κύριον ἁγιάσατε Is 8:13.
    ב. Apart from OT quots., Mt and Mk speak of Jesus as κύριος only in one pass. (words of Jesus himself) Mk 11:3=Mt 21:3 (but s. RBratcher, ET 64, ’52/53, 93; New Docs 1, 43; JDerrett, NovT 13, ’71, 241–58 on the public transport system; cp. Lk 19:31, 34), but they record that he was addressed as ‘Lord’ (κύριε), once in Mk (7:28) and more oft. in Mt, e.g. 8:2, 6, 8, 21, 25; 9:28; 14:28, 30; 15:22, 25, 27; 16:22 (also ApcSed 12:2).—Lk refers to Jesus much more frequently as ὁ κ. (Iren. 1, prol. 2 [Harv. I 4, 5] and 5, 26, 2 [Harv. II 396, 2]): 7:13; 10:1, 39 (Ἰησοῦ P75; τοῦ Ἰησοῦ P45 et al.), 41; 11:39; 12:42a; 13:15; 17:5f; 18:6; 19:8 al. The voc. κύριε is also found oft.: 5:8, 12; 9:54, 61; 10:17, 40; 11:1; 12:41 al.—In J the designation ὁ κ. occurs rarely, in the first 19 chapters only in passages that are text-critically uncertain (4:1 v.l.; 6:23, with omission in some mss.) or that have been suspected on other grounds (11:2); then 20:2, 18, 20, 25; cp. vss. 13, 28; 21:7ab, 12. On the other hand, κύριε in address is extraordinarily common throughout the whole book: 4:11, 15, 19, 49; 5:7; 6:34, 68 al. (more than 30 times).—In the long ending of Mk we have the designation ὁ κ. twice, 16:19, 20. In GPt ὁ κ. occurs 1:2; 2:3ab; 3:6, 8; 4:10; 5:19; 6:21, 24; 12:50ab; 14:59, 60 (in the last pass. without the art.); the fragment that has been preserved hardly affords any opportunity for the use of the voc. 2 Cl introduces apocryphal sayings of Jesus with λέγει ὁ κ. 5:2; λ. ὁ κ. ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ 8:5.—Repeated κύριε, κύριε Mt 7:21f; Lk 6:46; 2 Cl 4:2 (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 26 [Stone p. 20]; ApcMos 25 p. 14, 1 Tdf.; s. KKöhler, StKr 88, 1915, 471–90).
    ג. Even in the passages already mentioned the use of the word κ. raises Jesus above the human level (Mani is also κ. for his people: Kephal. I 183, 11; 13; 16); this tendency becomes even clearer in the following places: ὁ κύριος Ac 5:14; 9:10f, 42; 11:23f; 22:10b; Ro 12:11; 14:8; 1 Cor 6:13f, 17; 7:10, 12; 2 Cor 5:6, 8; Gal 1:19; Col 1:10; 1 Th 4:15b; 2 Th 3:1; Hb 2:3; Js 5:7f; B 5:5; IEph 10:3; AcPl Ha 6, 21; 7, 5; 27; 8, 2; AcPlCor 1:6, 14.—Without the art. 1 Cor 4:4; 7:22b; 10:21ab; 2 Cor 12:1; 1 Th 4:15a; 2 Ti 2:24; AcPlCor 1:8. So esp. in combinations w. preps.: ἀπὸ κυρίου Col 3:24. κατὰ κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. παρὰ κυρίου Eph 6:8. πρὸς κύριον 2 Cor 3:16; AcPl Ha 6, 9. πρὸς τὸν κ. 8, 23. σὺν κυρίῳ 1 Th 4:17b. ὑπὸ κυρίου 1 Cor 7:25b; 2 Th 2:13. Esp. freq. is the Pauline formula ἐν κυρίῳ (lit. on ἐν 4c), which appears outside Paul’s letters only Rv 14:13; IPol 8:3; AcPl Ha 3, 23; AcPlCor 1:1, 16 (cp. Pol 1:1 ἐν κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστῷ): 1 Cor 11:11; Phlm 16; πιστὸς ἐν κ. 1 Cor 4:17; cp. Eph 6:21; Hm 4, 1, 4; φῶς ἐν κ. Eph 5:8. ἡ σφραγίς μου τ. ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κ. 1 Cor 9:2. W. verbs: ἀσπάζεσθαι Ro 16:22 (GBahr, CBQ 28, ’66, 465f renders: in the service of my master, i.e. Paul); 1 Cor 16:19. ἐνδυναμοῦσθαι Eph 6:10. καλεῖσθαι 1 Cor 7:22a. καυχᾶσθαι 1:31. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12ab; μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. παραλαμβάνειν διακονίαν Col 4:17. πεποιθέναι εἴς τινα Gal 5:10. ἐπί τινα 2 Th 3:4; cp. Phil 1:14; 2:24. προί̈στασθαι 1 Th 5:12. προσδέχεσθαι Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. στήκειν 4:1; 1 Th 3:8. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν κ. 2 Cor 2:12.—W. διδάσκαλος J 13:13f. W. σωτήρ 2 Pt 3:2; cp. 1:11; 2:20 (Just., D. 39, 2). W. Χριστός Ac 2:36; cp. Χριστὸς κύριος (La 4:20; PsSol 17, 32 v.l. [GBeale, Christos Kyrios in PsSol 17:32—‘The Lord’s Anointed’ Reconsidered: NTS 31, ’85, 620–27]; PsSol 18 ins) Lk 2:11. ὁ κ. Χριστός AcPlCor 2:3. Esp. freq. are the formulas ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Ac 1:21; 4:33; 8:16; 11:20; 15:11; 16:31; 19:5, 13, 17; 20:24, 35; 21:13; 1 Cor 11:23; 16:23; 2 Cor 4:14; 11:31; Gal 6:17 v.l.; Eph 1:15; 1 Th 2:15; 4:2; 2 Th 1:7; 2:8; Phlm 5.—ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 11:17; 28:31; Ro 13:14; 2 Cor 13:13; Phil 4:23; 2 Th 3:6; Phlm 25; 1 Cl 21:6 (Ar. 15, 1). Without the art. mostly in introductions to letters Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; 6:23; Phil 1:2; 3:20; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2, 12b; 1 Ti 5:21 v.l.; Js 1:1; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς κ. 2 Cor 4:5; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. Col 2:6. Χριστὸς ὁ κ. 2 Cl 9:5. In an appeal κύριε Ἰησοῦ (cp. Sb 8316, 5f κύριε Σάραπι; PGM 7, 331 κύριε Ἄνουβι) Ac 7:59; Rv 22:20. κύριε AcPl Ha 7:30f, 40.—W. gen. of pers. (in many places the mss. vary considerably in adding or omitting this gen.) ὁ κ. μου ISm 5:2. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 2 Ti 1:8; Hb 7:14; IPhld ins; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Ac 20:21; 1 Cor 5:4; 2 Cor 1:14; 1 Th 2:19; 3:11, 13; 2 Th 1:8; Hb 13:20. Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1 Cor 9:1. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ro 16:18 (the only pass. in Paul without Ἰησοῦς). ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 15:26; Ro 5:1, 11; 15:6, 30; 1 Cor 1:2, 7f, 10; 6:11 v.l.; 15:57; 2 Cor 1:3; 8:9; Gal 6:14, 18; Eph 1:3; 5:20; 6:24; Col 1:3; 1 Th 1:3; 5:9, 23, 28; 2 Th 2:1, 14, 16; 3:18; 1 Ti 6:3, 14; Js 2:1; 1 Pt 1:3; 2 Pt 1:8, 14, 16; Jd 4, 17, 21 (also TestSol 1:12 D). ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ἰησοῦς AcPlCor 2:5; cp. AcPl Ha 8, 17=Ox 1602, 20f/BMM recto 22. Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 1:4; 5:21; 7:25; 1 Cor 1:9; Jd 25 (Just., D. 41, 4). (ὁ) Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 6:11 v.l., 23; 8:39; 1 Cor 15:31; Eph 3:11; 1 Ti 1:2, 12; 2 Ti 1:2 (ὁ ἡμέτερος κ. Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς Just., D. 32, 3 and 47, 5 al.). Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. μου Phil 3:8. ὁ κ. μου Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς AcPl Ha 7, 29. ὁ κ. αὐτῶν Rv 11:8.—W. other genitives: πάντων κ. Lord over all (cp. Pind., I. 5, 53 Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων κ.; Plut., Mor. 355e Osiris; PGM 13, 202) Ac 10:36; Ro 10:12. κ. κυρίων (cp. En 9:4) Rv 17:14; 19:16.—That ‘Jesus is κύριο’ (perh. ‘our κύριος is Jesus’) is the confession of the (Pauline) Christian church: Ro 10:9; 1 Cor 12:3; cp. 8:6; Phil 2:11 (on the latter pass. s. under ἁρπαγμός and κενόω 1. Cp. also Diod S 5, 72, 1: after Zeus was raised ἐκ γῆς εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, there arose in the ψυχαῖς of all those who had experienced his benefactions, the belief ὡς ἁπάντων τῶν γινομένων κατὰ οὐρανὸν οὗτος εἴη κύριος; s. also 3, 61, 6 Zeus acclaimed ‘God and Lord’).—In J the confession takes the form ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου J 20:28 (on the combination of κύριος and θεός s. θεός, beg., and 3c).—JFitzmyer, The Semitic Background of the NT Kyrios-Title: A Wandering Aramaean—Collected Aramaic Essays ’79, 115–42; s. also 87–90.
    δ. In some places it is not clear whether God or Christ is meant, cp. Ac 9:31; 1 Cor 4:19; 7:17; 2 Cor 8:21; Col 3:22b; 1 Th 4:6; 2 Th 3:16 al.
    ε. of other transcendent beings
    א. an angel Ac 10:4 (JosAs 14:6 al.; GrBar 4:1 al.; ApcZeph). p. 129 Denis.
    ב. in contrast to the one κύριος of the Christians there are θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί many gods and many lords 1 Cor 8:5 (cp. Dt 10:17); we cannot say just what difference, if any, Paul makes betw. these θεοί and κύριοι; unless we have here an hendiadys, the apostle may imply that the κ. are of lower rank than the θ. (sim. Did., Gen. 248, 5. On the many θεοί and lesser divinities cp. Maximus Tyr. 11, 5ab θεὸς εἷς πάντων βασιλεὺς κ. πατήρ, κ. θεοὶ πολλοί, θεοῦ παῖδες [= δαίμονες 11, 12a], συνάρχοντες θεοῦ. Ταῦτα κ. ὁ Ἕλλην λέγει, κ. ὁ βάρβαρος; 8, 8ef. Also Diog. L. 8, 23 the saying of Pythagoras, that humankind must τοὺς θεοὺς δαιμόνων προτιμᾶν=honor the deities more than the divinities or demi-gods δαίμονες; Heraclitus, Fgm. 5 divides the celestial realm into θεοὶ καὶ ἥρωες. S. also κυριότης 3 and, in a way, PGM 36, 246 κύριοι ἄγγελοι; s. also θεός 1).—On the whole word s. WGraf Baudissin, Kyrios als Gottesname im Judentum u. s. Stelle in d. Religionsgesch., 4 vols. 1926–29; SvenHerner, Die Anwendung d. Wortes κ. im NT 1903; Dssm., LO 298ff [LAE 353ff]; BBacon, Jesus as Lord: HTR 4, 1911, 204–28; WHeitmüller, ZNW 13, 1912, 333ff; HBöhlig, D. Geisteskultur v. Tarsos 1913, 53ff, Zum Begriff κύριος bei Pls: ZNW 14, 1913, 23ff, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 170ff; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921 [Engl. tr. JSteely ’70]; PWern-le, ZTK 25, 1915, 1–92; PAlthaus, NKZ 26, 1915, 439ff; 513ff; Heitmüller, ZTK 25, 1915, 156ff; Bousset, Jesus der Herr 1916; GVos, The Continuity of the Kyrios Title in the NT: PTR 13, 1915, 161–89, The Kyrios Christos Controversy: ibid. 15, 1917, 21–89; EWeber, Zum Gebrauch der κύριος-Bez.: NKZ 31, 1920, 254ff; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Paulus: ZNW 22, 1923, 43ff; RSeeberg, D. Ursprung des Christenglaubens 1914; JWeiss, D. Urchristentum 1917, 351ff; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Burton, ICC Gal 1921, 399–404; WFoerster, Herr ist Jesus 1924; AFrövig, D. Kyriosglaube des NTs 1928; ELohmeyer, Kyr. Jesus 1928; EvDobschütz, Κύριος Ἰησοῦς: ZNW 30, ’31, 97–123 (lit.); OMichel, D. Christus des Pls: ZNW 32, ’33, 6–31; also 28, 1929, 324–33; Dodd 9–11; LCerfaux, ‘Kyrios’ dans les citations paul. de l’AT: ETL 20, ’43, 5–17; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 130–37; PÉLangevin, Jésus Seigneur ’67; IPotterie, BRigaux Festschr. ’70, 117–46 (Luke); JKingsbury, JBL 94, ’75, 246–55 (Mt); FDanker, Luke ’87, 60–81; DZeller, 925–28 (lit.).—B. 1330. Schürer II 326. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κύριος

  • 14 μυστήριον

    μυστήριον, ου, τό ‘secret, secret rite, secret teaching, mystery’ a relig. t.t. (predom. pl.) applied in the Gr-Rom. world mostly to the mysteries w. their secret teachings, relig. and political in nature, concealed within many strange customs and ceremonies. The principal rites remain unknown because of a reluctance in antiquity to divulge them (Trag.+; Hdt. 2, 51, 2; Diod S 1, 29, 3; 3, 63, 2; Socrat., Ep. 27, 3; Cornutus 28 p. 56, 22; 57, 4; Alciphron 3, 26, 1; OGI 331, 54; 528, 13; 721, 2, SIG s. index; Sb 7567, 9 [III A.D.]; PGM 1, 131; 4, 719ff; 2477 τὰ ἱερὰ μ. ἀνθρώποις εἰς γνῶσιν; 5, 110; 12, 331; 13, 128 τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ. Only the perfected gnostic is τῶν μυστηρίων ἀκροατής Hippol., Ref. 5, 8, 29.—OKern, D. griech. Mysterien d. klass. Zeit 1927; WOtto, D. Sinn der eleusin. Myst. ’40; MNilsson, The Dionysiac Mysteries of the Hell. and Rom. Age, ’57; Kl. Pauly III 1533–42; WBurkert, Antike Mysterien ’90). Also LXX and other versions of the OT use the word, as well as En (of the heavenly secret) and numerous pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph. (C. Ap. 2, 189, 266), apolog. (exc. Ar.); it is a loanw. in rabb. Our lit. uses μ. in ref. to the transcendent activity of God and its impact on God’s people.
    the unmanifested or private counsel of God, (God’s) secret, the secret thoughts, plans, and dispensations of God (SJCh 78, 9; τὸ μ. τῆς μοναρχίας τῆς κατὰ τὸν θεόν Theoph. Ant. 2, 28 [p. 166, 17]) which are hidden fr. human reason, as well as fr. all other comprehension below the divine level, and await either fulfillment or revelation to those for whom they are intended (the divine Logos as διδάσκαλος θείων μυστηρίων Orig., C. Cels. 3, 62, 9: the constellations as δεῖγμα καὶ τύπον … μεγάλου μυστηρίου Hippol. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 7]; Abraham is τῶν θείων … μέτοχος μυστηρίων Did., Gen. 213, 20).
    In the gospels μ. is found only in one context, where Jesus says to the disciples who have asked for an explanation of the parable(s) ὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς βασιλείας τ. θεοῦ Mk 4:11; the synopt. parallels have the pl. Mt 13:11 (LCerfaux, NTS 2, ’55/56, 238–49); Lk 8:10.—WWrede, D. Messiasgeh. in den Evv. 1901; HEbeling, D. Messiasgeh. u. d. Botschaft des Mc-Evangelisten ’39; NJohansson, SvTK 16, ’40, 3–38; OPiper, Interpretation 1, ’47, 183–200; RArida, St Vladimar Theol. Qtly 38, ’94, 211–34 (patristic exegesis Mk 4:10–12 par.).
    The Pauline lit. has μ. in 21 places. A secret or mystery, too profound for human ingenuity, is God’s reason for the partial hardening of Israel’s heart Ro 11:25 or the transformation of the surviving Christians at the Parousia 1 Cor 15:51. Even Christ, who was understood by so few, is God’s secret or mystery Col 2:2, hidden ages ago 1:26 (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 16 τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ κεκρυμμένον μυστήριον μέχρι τῆσδε τῆς ἡμέρας), but now gloriously revealed among the gentiles vs. 27, to whom the secret of Christ, i.e. his relevance for them, is proclaimed, 4:3 (CMitton, ET 60, ’48/49, 320f). Cp. Ro 16:25; 1 Cor 2:1 (cp. Just., D. 91, 1; 131, 2 al. μ. τοῦ σταυροῦ; 74, 3 τὸ σωτήριον τοῦτο μ., τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὸ πάθος τοῦ χριστοῦ). The pl. is used to denote Christian preaching by the apostles and teachers in the expr. οἰκονόμοι μυστηρίων θεοῦ 1 Cor 4:1 (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 23, 104 calls the teachings of Pyth. θεῖα μυστήρια). Not all Christians are capable of understanding all the mysteries. The one who speaks in tongues πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια utters secret truths in the Spirit which the person alone shares w. God, and which others, even Christians, do not understand 1 Cor 14:2. Therefore the possession of all mysteries is a great joy 13:2 (Just., D. 44, 2). And the spirit-filled apostle can say of the highest stage of Christian knowledge, revealed only to the τέλειοι: λαλοῦμεν θεοῦ σοφίαν ἐν μυστηρίῳ we impart the wisdom of God in the form of a mystery (ἐν μυστηρίῳ=in a mysterious manner [Laud. Therap. 11] or =secretly, so that no unauthorized person would learn of it [cp. Cyr. of Scyth. p. 90, 14 ἐν μυστηρίῳ λέγει]) 2:7 (AKlöpper, ZWT 47, 1905, 525–45).—Eph, for which (as well as for Col) μ. is a predominant concept, sees the μ. τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ (sc. θεοῦ) 1:9 or μ. τ. Χριστοῦ 3:4 or μ. τ. εὐαγγελίου 6:19 in acceptance of the gentiles as Christians 3:3ff, 9ff. A unique great mystery is revealed 5:32, where the relation betw. Christ and the Christian community or church is spoken of on the basis of Gen 2:24 (cp. the interpretation of the sun as symbol of God, Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 8], and s. WKnox, St. Paul and the Church of the Gentiles, ’39, 183f; 227f; WBieder, TZ 11, ’55, 329–43).
    In Rv μ. is used in ref. to the mysterious things portrayed there. The whole content of the book appears as τὸ μ. τοῦ θεοῦ 10:7. Also τὸ μ. τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1:20; τὸ μ. τῆς γυναικός 17:7, cp. vs. 5, where in each case μ. may mean allegorical significance (so BEaston, Pastoral Epistles ’47, 215).
    that which transcends normal understanding, transcendent/ultimate reality, secret, with focus on Israelite/Christian experience.
    1 Ti uses μ. as a formula: τὸ μ. τῆς πίστεως is simply faith 3:9. τὸ τ. εὐσεβείας μ. the secret of (our) piety vs. 16.—τὸ μ. τῆς ἀνομίας 2 Th 2:7 s. ἀνομία 1 (Jos., Bell. 1, 470 calls the life of Antipater κακίας μυστήριον because of his baseness practiced in secret. Cp. also SibOr 8, 58 τὰ πλάνης μυστήρια; 56).—PFurfey, CBQ 8, ’46, 179–91.
    in Ign.: the death and resurrection of Jesus as μ. IMg 9:1 (τὸ περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως μ. Orig., C. Cels. 1, 7, 9). The virginity of Mary, her childbearing, and the Lord’s death are called τρία μ. κραυγῆς three mysteries (to be) loudly proclaimed IEph 19:1 (they are mysteries because they go so contrary to human expectation). So also of the annunciation to Mary and her conception GJs 12:2f. The deacons are οἱ διάκονοι μυστηρίων Ἰ. Χρ. ITr 2:3.
    Quite difficult is the saying about the tried and true prophet ποιῶν εἰς μυστήριον κοσμικὸν ἐκκλησίας who acts in accord with the earthly mystery of (God’s) assembly D 11:11. This may refer to celibacy; the prophet lives in such a way as to correspond to the relation betw. Christ and the people of God; cp. Eph 5:32 (so Harnack, TU II 1; 2, 1884, 44ff; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen d. Geistes u. der Geister 1899, 131–38; PDrews, Hdb. z. d. ntl. Apokryphen 1904, 274ff; RKnopf, Hdb. ad loc.—Differently CTaylor, The Teaching of the Twelve Apost. 1886, 82–92; RHarris, The Teaching of the Ap. 1887; FFunk, Patr. Apostol.2 1901 ad loc.; Zahn, Forschungen III 1884, 301).
    μ. occurs oft. in Dg: τὸ τῆς θεοσεβείας μ. the secret of (our) piety 4:6 (what Dg means by μ. is detailed in ch. 5). Likew. of Christian teaching (cp. Ps.-Phocyl. 229 and comments by Horst 260–61) πατρὸς μυστήρια 11:2; cp. vs. 5. Hence the Christian can μυστήρια θεοῦ λαλεῖν 10:7. In contrast to ἀνθρώπινα μ. 7:1. οὗ (sc. τ. θεοῦ) τὰ μυστήρια whose secret counsels 7:2 (the divine will for orderly management of the universe). Of God keeping personal counsel κατεῖχεν ἐν μυστηρίῳ … τὴν σοφὴν αὐτοῦ βουλήν 8:10.—Lghtf., St. Paul’s Ep. to the Col. and Phlm. p. 167ff; JRobinson, St. Paul’s Ep. to the Eph. 1904, 234ff; GWobbermin, Religionsgesch. Studien 1896, 144ff; EHatch, Essays on Bibl. Gk. 1889, 57ff; HvSoden, ZNW 12, 1911, 188ff; TFoster, AJT 19, 1915, 402–15; OCasel, D. Liturgie als Mysterienfeier5 1923; JSchneider, ‘Mysterion’ im NT: StKr 104, ’32, 255–78; TArvedson, D. Mysterium Christi ’37; KPrümm, ‘Mysterion’ v. Pls bis Orig.: ZKT 61, ’37, 391–425, Biblica 37, ’56, 135–61; RBrown, The Semitic Background of ‘Mystery’ in the NT, ’68; cp. KKuhn, NTS 7, 61, 366 for Qumran parallels to various passages in Eph and Ro; ABöhlig, Mysterion u. Wahrheit, ’68, 3–40; JFruytier, Het woord M. in de catechesen van Cyrillus van Jerusalem, ’50; ANock, Hellenistic Mysteries and Christian Sacraments, Essays on Religion and the Ancient World II, ’72, 790–820; AHarvey, The Use of Mystery Language in the Bible: JTS 31, ’80, 320–36.—DELG s.v. μύω. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μυστήριον

  • 15 round

    1. adjective
    rund; rundlich [Arme]

    round cheeksPausbacken Pl. (fam.)

    in round figures, it will cost £1,000 — rund gerechnet wird es 1 000 Pfund kosten

    2. noun
    1) (recurring series) Serie, die

    round of talks/negotiations — Gesprächs-/Verhandlungsrunde, die

    2) (charge of ammunition) Ladung, die

    50 rounds [of ammunition] — 50 Schuss Munition

    3) (division of game or contest) Runde, die
    4) (burst)

    round of applause — Beifallssturm, der

    5)

    round [of drinks] — Runde, die

    6) (regular calls) Runde, die; Tour, die

    go [on] or make one's rounds — [Posten, Wächter usw.:] seine Runde machen od. gehen; [Krankenhausarzt:] Visite machen

    do or go the rounds — [Person, Gerücht usw.:] die Runde machen (ugs.)

    7) (Golf) Runde, die
    8) (slice)

    a round of bread/toast — eine Scheibe Brot/Toast

    3. adverb
    1)
    2) (in girth)

    be [all of] ten feet round — einen Umfang von [mindestens] zehn Fuß haben

    3) (from one point, place, person, etc. to another)

    he asked round among his friendser fragte seine Freunde

    4) (by indirect way) herum

    go a/the long way round — einen weiten Umweg machen

    5) (here) hier; (there) dort

    ask somebody round [for a drink] — jemanden [zu einem Gläschen zu sich] einladen; see also academic.ru/13497/clock">clock 1. 1)

    4. preposition
    1) um [... herum]

    right round the lakeum den ganzen See herum

    walk etc. round and round something — immer wieder um etwas herumgehen usw.

    2) (in various directions from) um [... herum]; rund um [einen Ort]

    do you live round here?wohnst du [hier] in der Nähe?

    5. transitive verb
    1) (give round shape to) rund machen; runden [Lippen, Rücken]
    2) (state as round number) runden (to auf + Akk.)
    3) (go round) umfahren/umgehen usw.

    round a bend — um eine Kurve fahren/gehen/kommen usw

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    1. adjective
    1) (shaped like a circle or globe: a round hole; a round stone; This plate isn't quite round.) rund
    2) (rather fat; plump: a round face.) rundlich
    2. adverb
    1) (in the opposite direction: He turned round.) herum
    2) (in a circle: They all stood round and listened; A wheel goes round; All( the) year round.) rundherum
    3) (from one person to another: They passed the letter round; The news went round.) herum
    4) (from place to place: We drove round for a while.) herum
    5) (in circumference: The tree measured two metres round.) rundherum
    6) (to a particular place, usually a person's home: Are you coming round (to our house) tonight?) herüber
    3. preposition
    1) (on all sides of: There was a wall round the garden; He looked round the room.) herum
    2) (passing all sides of (and returning to the starting-place): They ran round the tree.) rund um
    3) (changing direction at: He came round the corner.) um... herum
    4) (in or to all parts of: The news spread all round the town.) in...herum
    4. noun
    1) (a complete circuit: a round of drinks (= one for everyone present); a round of golf.) die Runde
    2) (a regular journey one takes to do one's work: a postman's round.) die Runde
    3) (a burst of cheering, shooting etc: They gave him a round of applause; The soldier fired several rounds.) die Salve
    4) (a single bullet, shell etc: five hundred rounds of ammunition.) der Schuß
    5) (a stage in a competition etc: The winners of the first round will go through to the next.) die Runde
    6) (a type of song sung by several singers singing the same tune starting in succession.) der Kanon
    5. verb
    (to go round: The car rounded the corner.) herumfahren um
    - rounded
    - roundly
    - roundness
    - rounds
    - all-round
    - all-rounder
    - roundabout
    6. adjective
    (not direct: a roundabout route.) umwegig
    - round figures/numbers
    - round-shouldered
    - round trip
    - all round
    - round about
    - round off
    - round on
    - round up
    * * *
    [raʊnd]
    I. adj
    <-er, -est>
    1. (circular) rund
    \round arch Rundbogen m
    \round arms/legs rund[lich]e [o dicke] Arme/Beine
    \round cheeks runde Backen
    \round eyes Kulleraugen pl
    \round face rundliches Gesicht
    \round peg Runddübel m
    \round table runder Tisch
    \round vowel gerundeter Vokal
    2. inv (even number) rund
    a \round dozen ein rundes Dutzend
    to make sth a \round hundred (bring up) etw auf hundert aufrunden; (bring down) etw auf hundert abrunden
    in \round figures aufgerundet, abgerundet
    II. adv inv esp BRIT
    1. (in circular motion)
    to go [or turn] \round sich akk umdrehen; wheel sich akk drehen
    the children turned \round and \round until they made themselves dizzy die Kinder drehten sich so lange im Kreis, bis ihnen schwindlig wurde
    sorry, you'll have to go \round tut mir leid, aber Sie müssen außen herumgehen
    to run \round herumrennen fam
    3. (to a specific place)
    to come \round vorbeikommen fam
    to go \round virus, rumours umgehen
    there aren't enough pencils to go \round es sind nicht genügend Stifte für alle vorhanden
    to go \round to Mary's/Peter's bei Mary/Peter vorbeischauen fam
    to show sb \round jdn herumführen
    4. (surrounding) rundherum
    the house has trees all \round das Haus ist von Bäumen umgeben
    everyone for a mile \round heard the explosion jeder im Umkreis von einer Meile hörte die Explosion
    in the mountains \round about in den Bergen ringsherum
    all year \round das ganze Jahr hindurch
    5. (towards other direction)
    the other way \round anders herum
    the right/wrong way \round richtig/falsch herum
    to have sth on [or be wearing sth] the wrong way \round etw falsch [o links] herum anhaben
    to turn \round person sich akk umdrehen; (go back) umdrehen, kehrtmachen
    6. (circa) ungefähr
    \round about 4 o'clock gegen 4 Uhr
    \round about 20 people ungefähr 20 Personen
    the pyramid is 50 metres high and 100 metres \round die Pyramide ist 50 Meter hoch und hat einen Umfang von 100 Metern
    III. prep
    , um + akk... herum
    he put his arms \round her er legte seine Arme um sie
    there are trees all \round the house um das ganze Haus herum stehen Bäume
    2. (circling) um + akk
    the moon goes \round the earth der Mond kreist um die Erde
    they walked \round the lake sie liefen um den See herum
    3. (curving to other side of) um + akk
    drive \round the corner and take the second road on the left fahren Sie um die Ecke und nehmen sie die zweite Straße zur Linken
    to be just \round the corner gleich um die Ecke sein
    4. (at points at) um + akk... herum
    they sat \round the table sie saßen um den Tisch [herum]
    5. (within) um + akk
    she looked \round the house sie sah sich im Haus um
    she walked \round the room sie lief im Zimmer herum
    from all \round the world aus aller Welt
    6. (about) um ungefähr
    I heard a strange noise \round 12:15 um ungefähr 12.15 Uhr hörte ich ein seltsames Geräusch
    7.
    to be/go \round the bend/twist den Verstand verloren haben/verlieren, wahnsinnig geworden sein/werden
    to centre/revolve \round sth sich akk um etw akk konzentrieren/drehen
    to get \round sth um etw akk herumkommen
    there seems to be no way \round this problem es führt wohl kein Weg um dieses Problem herum
    to lie/sit/stand \round herumliegen/-sitzen/-stehen
    IV. n
    1. (for all) Runde f
    this \round is on me! diese Runde geht auf mich!
    a \round of sandwiches BRIT ein belegtes Brot
    a \round of toast eine Scheibe Toast
    2. (series) Folge f
    when we were young, life was just one long \round of parties als wir jung waren, war unser Leben eine einzige Folge von Partys
    to be a \round of pleasure ein einziges Vergnügen sein
    \round of talks Gesprächsrunde f
    3. (salvo)
    \round of applause Beifall m
    to get a big \round of applause stürmischen Beifall bekommen
    \rounds pl:
    to be [out] on [or make] one's \rounds seine Runden drehen; doctor Hausbesuche machen
    I've made the \rounds of all the agents, but nobody has any tickets left ich habe alle Verkaufsstellen abgeklappert, aber es waren keine Karten mehr zu bekommen fam
    to go [or do] the \rounds die Runde machen; flu umgehen
    5. esp BRIT, AUS (delivery route) Runde f
    to have a milk \round die Milch ausliefern
    to do a paper \round Zeitungen austragen
    6. (routine) Trott m pej
    my daily \round includes going for a jog in the morning zu meinem Tagesablauf gehört mein täglicher Morgenlauf
    7. SPORT Runde f
    a \round of golf eine Runde Golf
    to be [or get] [or make it] through to the next \round in die nächste Runde kommen
    8. (song) Kanon m
    9. (of ammunition) Ladung f
    to fire a \round eine Ladung Munition abfeuern
    V. vt
    to \round sth etw umrunden
    to \round the corner um die Ecke biegen
    VI. vi
    1. (become round) rund werden
    to \round on sb jdn anfahren
    to \round on one's critics über seine Kritiker herfallen
    to \round on one's pursuers seine Verfolger angreifen
    * * *
    [raʊnd]
    1. adj (+er)
    1) rund; (LING) vowel gerundet

    round figure, round number — runde Zahl

    in round figures, that will cost 20 million — es kostet rund (gerechnet) or runde 20 Millionen

    2) (dated) (= unequivocal) oath kräftig; (= considerable) sum rund; pace flott
    2. adv (esp Brit)

    you can't get through here, you'll have to go round — Sie können hier nicht durch, Sie müssen außen herum gehen

    the long way round — der Umweg, der längere Weg

    that's a long way round (detour) — das ist ein großer Umweg; (round field, town)

    I asked him round for a drinkich lud ihn auf ein Glas Wein/Bier etc bei mir ein

    I'll be round at 8 o'clock —

    all round (lit) — ringsherum; ( esp Brit fig : for everyone ) für alle

    taking things all round, taken all round — insgesamt gesehen, wenn man alles zusammennimmt

    3. prep
    1) (esp Brit of place etc) um (... herum)

    round the table/fire — um den Tisch/das Feuer (herum)

    all round the house (inside) — im ganzen Haus; (outside)

    to go round a corner/bend — um eine Ecke/Kurve gehen/fahren etc

    to look or see round a housesich (dat) ein Haus ansehen

    to show sb round a town — jdm eine Stadt zeigen, jdn in einer Stadt herumführen

    they went round the cafés looking for him — sie gingen in alle Cafés, um nach ihm zu suchen

    2) (= approximately) ungefähr

    £800 — um die £ 800

    4. n
    1) (= circle etc) Kreis m, Ring m; (esp Brit = slice of bread, meat etc) Scheibe f

    a round of beef sandwiches (esp Brit) — ein belegtes Brot mit Braten, eine Bratenschnitte

    2) (= delivery round) Runde f

    to be ( out) on one's round(s) — auf seiner Runde sein

    the daily round (fig) — die tägliche Arbeit, der tägliche Trott (pej)

    3)

    the story went the rounds of the club —

    4) (SPORT of election, talks) Runde f; (SHOW-JUMPING) Durchgang m

    10 rounds of bullets —

    5) (MUS) Kanon m
    6)
    5. vt
    1) (= make round) runden
    2) (= go round) corner, bend gehen/fahren um; cape umfahren, herumfahren um; obstacle herumgehen/-fahren um
    * * *
    round [raʊnd]
    A adj (adv roundly)
    1. allg rund:
    a) kugelrund
    b) kreisrund
    c) zylindrisch:
    round bar Rundstab m
    d) (ab)gerundet
    e) einen Kreis beschreibend:
    round movement kreisförmige Bewegung
    f) bogenförmig:
    round-arched ARCH rundbogig, Rundbogen…
    g) rundlich, voll (Arme, Backen)
    2. LING gerundet (Vokal)
    3. fig rund, voll, ganz (Dutzend etc)
    4. MATH ganz (ohne Bruch):
    a) in ganzen Zahlen,
    b) auch in round figures auf- oder abgerundet
    5. rund, annähernd oder ungefähr (richtig):
    a round guess eine ungefähre Schätzung
    6. rund, beträchtlich (Summe)
    7. fig abgerundet (Stil)
    8. voll(-tönend) (Stimme)
    9. flott, scharf (Tempo)
    10. offen, unverblümt (Antwort etc):
    a round lie eine freche Lüge
    11. kräftig, derb:
    in round terms unmissverständlich
    12. weich, vollmundig (Wein)
    B s
    1. Rund n, Kreis m, Ring m:
    this earthly round das Erdenrund
    2. (etwas) Rundes n, Rundteil m/n, Rundbau m
    3. a) (runde) Stange
    b) Querstange f
    c) (Leiter) Sprosse f
    d) TECH Rundstab m
    4. Rundung f:
    out of round TECH unrund
    5. Bildhauerei: Rund-, Freiplastik f (Ggs Relief):
    a) plastisch,
    b) fig vollkommen
    6. auch round of beef Rindskeule f
    7. Br Scheibe f, Schnitte f (Brot etc)
    8. Kreislauf m, Runde f:
    the round of the seasons der Kreislauf der Jahreszeiten;
    the daily round der alltägliche Trott
    9. a) (Dienst)Runde f, Rundgang m (von Polizisten, Briefträgern etc)
    b) MIL Rundgang m, Streifwache f
    c) pl MIL koll Streife f
    d) auch ward round MED Visite f (im Krankenhaus):
    do ( oder go, make) one’s rounds seine Runde oder seinen Rundgang machen (of in dat)
    10. a) ( besonders Besichtigungs-, Inspektions)Rundgang m, -fahrt f
    b) Rundreise f, Tour f
    11. Reihe f, Folge f ( beide:
    of von)
    12. a) Boxen, Golf etc: Runde f:
    a 10-round fight, a fight over 10 rounds ein Kampf über 10 Runden;
    first round to him! die erste Runde geht an ihn!, fig hum a. eins zu null für ihn!
    b) (Verhandlungs- etc) Runde f:
    13. Runde f, Kreis m (von Personen):
    go the rounds die Runde machen, kursieren ( beide:
    of bei, in dat) (Gerücht, Witz etc)
    14. Runde f, Lage f (Bier etc): stand C 7
    15. MIL
    a) Salve f
    b) Schuss m:
    20 rounds of cartridge 20 Schuss Patronen;
    he did not fire a single round er gab keinen einzigen Schuss ab
    16. fig (Lach-, Beifalls) Salve f:
    round of applause auch Beifallssturm m;
    round after round of applause nicht enden wollender Beifall
    17. MUS
    a) Kanon m, Br HIST Round m (schlichter Rundgesang)
    b) Rundtanz m, Reigen m
    c) Dreher m
    C adv
    1. auch round about rund-, rings(her)um
    2. rund(her)um, im ganzen Umkreis, überall, auf oder von oder nach allen Seiten: all Bes Redew
    3. im Umfang, mit einem Umfang von:
    4. rundherum:
    round and round immer rundherum;
    the wheels go round die Räder drehen sich;
    hand sth round etwas herumreichen;
    look round um sich blicken;
    turn round sich umdrehen
    5. außen herum:
    a long way round ein weiter oder großer Umweg
    6. (zeitlich) heran…:
    winter comes round again der Winter kehrt wieder
    7. (eine Zeit) lang oder hindurch:
    all the year round das ganze Jahr lang oder hindurch oder über;
    the clock round rund um die Uhr, volle 24 Stunden
    8. a) hinüber…
    b) herüber…, her…:
    ask sb round jemanden her(über)bitten;
    order one’s car round (den Wagen) vorfahren lassen; bring round, get round etc
    D präp
    1. (rund) um:
    a tour round the world eine Reise um die Welt
    2. um (… herum):
    just round the corner gleich um die Ecke
    3. in oder auf (dat) … herum:
    she chased us round all the shops sie jagte uns durch alle Läden
    4. um (… herum), im Umkreis von (oder gen):
    shells burst round him um ihn herum platzten Granaten
    5. um (… herum):
    write a book round a story aus einer Geschichte ein (dickes) Buch machen;
    argue round and round a subject um ein Thema herumreden
    6. (zeitlich) durch, während (gen):
    round the day den ganzen Tag lang; clock1 A 1
    E v/t
    1. rund machen, abrunden (auch fig): rounded
    2. umkreisen
    3. umgeben, umschließen
    4. a) ein Kap etc umfahren, umsegeln, herumfahren um, um eine Ecke biegen oder fahren oder gehen
    b) AUTO eine Kurve ausfahren
    F v/i
    1. rund werden, sich runden
    2. fig sich abrunden
    3. a) die Runde machen (Wache)
    b) einen Umweg machen
    4. SCHIFF drehen, wenden (Schiff)
    5. round on umg
    a) jemanden anfahren,
    b) über jemanden herfallen
    rd. abk
    1. road Str.
    * * *
    1. adjective
    rund; rundlich [Arme]

    round cheeksPausbacken Pl. (fam.)

    in round figures, it will cost £1,000 — rund gerechnet wird es 1 000 Pfund kosten

    2. noun
    1) (recurring series) Serie, die

    round of talks/negotiations — Gesprächs-/Verhandlungsrunde, die

    2) (charge of ammunition) Ladung, die

    50 rounds [of ammunition] — 50 Schuss Munition

    round of applause — Beifallssturm, der

    5)

    round [of drinks] — Runde, die

    6) (regular calls) Runde, die; Tour, die

    go [on] or make one's rounds — [Posten, Wächter usw.:] seine Runde machen od. gehen; [Krankenhausarzt:] Visite machen

    do or go the rounds — [Person, Gerücht usw.:] die Runde machen (ugs.)

    7) (Golf) Runde, die

    a round of bread/toast — eine Scheibe Brot/Toast

    3. adverb
    1)

    be [all of] ten feet round — einen Umfang von [mindestens] zehn Fuß haben

    3) (from one point, place, person, etc. to another)

    go a/the long way round — einen weiten Umweg machen

    5) (here) hier; (there) dort

    ask somebody round [for a drink] — jemanden [zu einem Gläschen zu sich] einladen; see also clock 1. 1)

    4. preposition
    1) um [... herum]

    walk etc. round and round something — immer wieder um etwas herumgehen usw.

    2) (in various directions from) um [... herum]; rund um [einen Ort]

    do you live round here? — wohnst du [hier] in der Nähe?

    5. transitive verb
    1) (give round shape to) rund machen; runden [Lippen, Rücken]
    2) (state as round number) runden (to auf + Akk.)
    3) (go round) umfahren/umgehen usw.

    round a bend — um eine Kurve fahren/gehen/kommen usw

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    adj.
    ringsherum adj.
    rund adj.
    runden adj.
    um...herum adj. n.
    Kontrollgang m.
    Runde -n f.

    English-german dictionary > round

  • 16 σῶμα

    σῶμα, ατος, τό (Hom.+) ‘body.’
    body of a human being or animal, body
    dead body, corpse (so always in Hom. [but s. HHerter, σῶμα bei Homer: Charites, Studien zur Altertumswissenschaft, ELanglotz Festschr., ed. KvonSchauenburg ’57, 206–17] and oft. later, e.g. Memnon: 434 Fgm. 1, 3, 3 Jac. καίειν τὸ ς.=burn the corpse; ins, pap, LXX; PsSol 2:27; TestJob 52:11; ApcMos 34 al.; Philo, Abr. 258; Jos., Bell. 6, 276, Ant. 18, 236; Ar. 4, 3; Mel., P. 28, 196) Mt 14:12 v.l.; 27:59; Mk 15:45 v.l.; Lk 17:37; Ac 9:40; GPt 2:4; pl. J 19:31. W. gen. Mt 27:58; Mk 15:43; Lk 23:52, 55; 24:3, 23; J 19:38ab, 40; 20:12; Jd 9; GPt 2:3. Pl. Mt 27:52; Hb 13:11. AcPlCor 2:27.
    the living body (Hes. et al.) of animals Js 3:3.—Mostly of human beings Mt 5:29f; 6:22f; 26:12; Mk 5:29; 14:8; Lk 11:34abc; J 2:21; Ro 1:24; 1 Cor 6:18ab; IRo 5:3. τὰ τοῦ σώματος the parts of the body 4:2. Of women αἱ ἀσθενεῖς τῷ σώματι 1 Cl 6:2; cp. Hv 3, 11, 4.—W. and in contrast to πνεῦμα (4 Macc 11:11) Ro 8:10, 13; 1 Cor 5:3; 7:34; Js 2:26. W. and in contrast to ψυχή (Pla., Gorg. 47, 493a; Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 2, 30; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 112 §467; Ael. Aristid. 45, 17f K.=8 p. 88f D.; Lucian, Imag. 23; PGM 7, 589; Wsd 1:4; 8:19f; 2 Macc 7:37; 14:38; 4 Macc 1:28; ApcEsdr 7:3 p. 32, 13 Tdf.; EpArist 139; Philo; Jos., Bell. 3, 372–78; 6, 55; Just., A I, 8, 4; D. 6, 2 al.; Tat. 13, 1; Ath. 1, 4; Did., Gen. 56, 4; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 2]) Mt 6:25ab; 10:28ab; Lk 12:4 v.l., 22f; 2 Cl 5:4 (a saying of Jesus, fr. an unknown source); 12:4; MPol 14:2; AcPl Ha 1, 4. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα (s. the Christian POxy 1161, 6 [IV A.D.]) 1 Th 5:23. W. and in contrast to its parts (ApcSed 11:13; Mel., P. 78, 563) Ro 12:4; 1 Cor 12:12abc (Ltzm. ad loc.), 14–20 (PMich 149, 4, 26 [II A.D.] ἧπαρ … ὅλον τὸ σῶμα); Js 3:6; 1 Cl 37:5abcd. The body as the seat of sexual function Ro 4:19; 1 Cor 7:4ab (rights over the σῶμα of one’s spouse as Artem. 1, 44 p. 42, 14f; Iren. 1, 13, 3 [Harv. I 119, 10]).—The body as seat of mortal life εἶναι ἐν σώματι be in the body = alive, subject to mortal ills (TestAbr A 9 p. 87, 3 [Stone p. 22]; Poryphr., Abst. 1, 38) Hb 13:3. ἐνδημεῖν ἐν τῷ σώματι 2 Cor 5:6 (s. ἐνδημέω). ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος vs. 8 (s. ἐκδημέω). διὰ τοῦ σώματος during the time of one’s mortal life (cp. Lucian, Menipp. 11, end, Catapl. 23) vs. 10 (s. κομίζω 3, but s. also below in this section). Paul does not know whether, in a moment of religious ecstasy, he was ἐν σώματι or ἐκτὸς (χωρὶς) τοῦ σώματος 12:2f (of Epimenides [A2: Vorsokrat.5 I p. 29] it was said ὡς ἐξίοι ἡ ψυχὴ ὁπόσον ἤθελε καιρὸν καὶ πάλιν εἰσῄει ἐν τῷ σώματι; Clearchus, Fgm. 7: καθάπερ ὁ Κλέαρχος ἐν τοῖς περὶ ὕπνου φησίν, περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, ὡς ἄρα χωρίζεται τοῦ σώματος καὶ ὡς εἴσεισιν εἰς τὸ σῶμα καὶ ὡς χρῆται αὐτῷ οἷον καταγωγίῳ [a resting-place]. In Fgm. 8 Clearchus tells about Cleonymus the Athenian, who seemed to be dead, but awakened after 3 days and thereupon reported everything that he had seen and heard ἐπειδὴ χωρὶς ἦν τοῦ σώματος. His soul is said finally to have arrived εἴς τινα χῶρον ἱερὸν τῆς Ἑστίας; Maximus Tyr. 38, 3a–f Ἀριστέας ἔφασκεν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτῷ καταλιποῦσαν τὸ σῶμα in order to wander through the universe. He finds faith everywhere. Similarly 10, 2f. See also the story of Hermotimus in Apollon. Paradox. 3 as well as Lucian, Musc. Enc. [The Fly] 7.—On the two kinds of transcendent vision [with or without the body] s. Proclus, In Pla. Rem Publ. II p. 121, 26ff Kroll: οἱ μὲν μετὰ τοῦ σώματος τῶν τοιούτων [like Ἐμπεδότιμος] ἵστορες [=eyewitnesses], οἱ δὲ ἄνευ σώματος [like Κλεώνυμος]. καὶ πλήρεις αἱ παραδόσεις τούτων.). ἀπὼν τῷ σώματι (παρὼν δὲ τῷ πνεύματι) 1 Cor 5:3. ἡ παρουσία τοῦ σώματος 2 Cor 10:10 (παρουσία 1). The body is the instrument of human experience and suffering 4:10ab; Gal 6:17 (allusion AcPlCor 2, 35); Phil 1:20; the body is the organ of a person’s activity: δοξάσατε τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν glorify God through your body, i.e. by leading an upright life 1 Cor 6:20; cp. Ro 12:1. This may be the place (s. above in this section) for διὰ τοῦ σώματος 2 Cor 5:10 which, in that case, would be taken in an instrumental sense with or through the body (cp. Pla., Phd. 65a; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 13, 371c; Aelian, NA 5, 26 τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος πραττόμενα). In some of the last-named passages (such as Ro 12:1; Phil 1:20; also Eph 5:28 w. parallel in Plut., Mor. 142e: s. HAlmqvist, Plut. u. d. NT ’46, 116f) the body is almost synonymous w. the whole personality (as Aeschin., Or. 2, 58; X., An. 1, 9, 12 τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα=themselves. Appian, Syr. 41 §218 παρεδίδου τὸ σῶμα τοῖς ἐθέλουσιν ἀπαγαγεῖν=[Epaminondas] gave himself up to those who wished to take him away, Mithr. 27 §107 ἐς τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ=against his person, Bell. Civ. 2, 106 §442 Caesar’s person [σῶμα] is ἱερὸς καὶ ἄσυλος=sacred and inviolable; 3, 39 §157 ἔργον … σῶμα=course of action … person; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 55, 7 [III B.C.] ἑκάστου σώματος=for every person. See Wilcken’s note).—Because it is subject to sin and death, man’s mortal body as τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκός (σάρξ 2cα) Col 2:11 is a σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας Ro 6:6 or τοῦ θανάτου 7:24; cp. 8:11. In fact, σῶμα can actually take the place of σάρξ 8:13 (cp. Herm. Wr. 4, 6b ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸ σῶμα μισήσῃς, σεαυτὸν φιλῆσαι οὐ δύνασαι; 11, 21a.—Cp. Hippol., Ref. 5, 19, 6). As a σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως lowly body it stands in contrast to the σῶμα τῆς δόξης glorious body of the heavenly beings Phil 3:21. In another pass. σῶμα ψυχικόν of mortals is opposed to the σῶμα πνευματικόν after the resurrection 1 Cor 15:44abc.—Christ’s earthly body, which was subject to death (Orig., C. Cels. 2, 9, 13) Ro 7:4; Hb 10:5 (Ps 39:7 v.l.), 10; 1 Pt 2:24; AcPlCor 2:16f. τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὰ ὀστᾶ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 2:32. τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ Col 1:22. Esp. in the language of the Eucharist (opp. αἷμα) Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19; 1 Cor 10:16 (GBornkamm, NTS 2, ’56, 202–6); 11:24, 27, 29. S. the lit. s.v. ἀγάπη 2 and εὐχαριστία 3, also JBonsirven, Biblica 29, ’48, 205–19.—ἓν σῶμα a single body 1 Cor 6:16 (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 66 Δαυίδης τήν τε ἄνω πόλιν κ. τὴν ἄκραν συνάψας ἐποίησεν ἕν σῶμα; Artem. 3, 66 p. 196, 9; RKempthorne, NTS 14. ’67/68, 568–74).
    pl. σώματα slaves (Herodas 2, 87 δοῦλα σώματα; Polyb. et al.; oft. Vett. Val.; ins, pap; Gen 36:6; Tob 10:10; Bel 32; 2 Macc 8:11; Jos., Ant. 14, 321; cp. our colloq. ‘get some bodies for the job’) Rv 18:13 (cp. Ezk 27:13; the abs. usage rejected by Atticists, s. Phryn. 378 Lob.).
    plant and seed structure, body. In order to gain an answer to his own question in 1 Cor 15:35 ποίῳ σώματι ἔρχονται; (i.e. the dead after the resurrection), Paul speaks of bodies of plants (which are different in kind fr. the ‘body’ of the seed which is planted.—Maximus Tyr. 40, 60e makes a distinction betw. the σώματα of the plants, which grow old and pass away, and their σπέρματα, which endure.—σώματα of plants also in Apollon. Paradox. 7 [after Aristot.]) vs. 37f, and of σώματα ἐπουράνια of the heavenly bodies vs. 40 (cp. Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2, 2 the stars as σώματα θεῖα; Maximus Tyr. 21, 8b οὐρανὸς κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ σώματα, acc. to 11, 12a οἱ ἀστέρες; 40, 4h; Sallust. 9 p. 18, 5).
    substantive reality, the thing itself, the reality in imagery of a body that casts a shadow, in contrast to σκιά (q.v. 3) Col 2:17.
    a unified group of people, body fig. ext. of 1, of the Christian community or church (cp. Cyr. Ins. 58, ‘body of the Hellenes’; Polyaenus, Exc. 18, 4 of the phalanx; Libanius, Or. 1 p. 176, 25 F. τὸ τῆς πόλεως ς.; Plut., Philop. 360 [8, 2]), esp. as the body of Christ, which he fills or enlivens as its Spirit (in this case the head belongs with the body, as Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 26 §101, where a severed head is differentiated from τὸ ἄλλο σῶμα=the rest of the body), or crowns as its Head (Hdt. 7, 140; Quint. Smyrn. 11, 58; SIG 1169, 3; 15 κεφαλή w. σῶμα as someth. equally independent; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 79, 27): οἱ πολλοὶ ἓν σῶμά ἐσμεν ἐν Χριστῷ Ro 12:5. Cp. 1 Cor 10:17; 12:13, 27; Eph (s. Schlier s.v. ἐκκλησία 3c) 1:23; 2:16; 4:12, 16; 5:23, 30; Col 1:18, 24; 2:19; 3:15; ISm 1:2; Hs 9, 17, 5; 9, 18, 3f. ἓν σῶμα καὶ ἓν πνεῦμα Eph 4:4; cp. Hs 9, 13, 5; 7 (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30, 167: all as ἓν σῶμα κ. μία ψυχή; also Just., D. 42, 3) διέλκομεν τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ στασιάζομεν πρὸς τὸ σῶμα τὸ ἴδιον 1 Cl 46:7.—T Schmidt, Der Leib Christi (σῶμα Χριστοῦ) 1919; EKäsemann, Leib u. Leib Christi ’33 (for a critique s. SHanson, Unity of the Church in the NT ’46, 113–16); ÉMersch, Le Corps mystique du Christ2 ’36; AWikenhauser, D. Kirche als d. myst. Leib Christi, nach dem Ap. Pls2 ’40; EPercy, D. Leib Christi in d. paulin. Homologumena u. Antilegomena ’42; RHirzel, Die Person: SBMünAk 1914 H. 10 p. 6–28 (semantic history of σῶμα); WKnox, Parallels to the NT use of σῶμα: JTS 39, ’38, 243–46; FDillistone, How Is the Church Christ’s Body?: Theology Today 2, ’45/46, 56–68; WGoossens, L’Église corps de Christ d’après St. Paul2 ’49; CCraig, Soma Christou: The Joy of Study ’51, 73–85; JRobinson, The Body: A Study in Pauline Theol. ’52; RBultmann, Theol. of the NT, tr. KGrobel ’51, 192–203; HClavier, CHDodd Festschr. ’56, 342–62; CColpe, Zur Leib-Christi Vorstellung im Eph, ’60, 172–87; KGrobel, Bultmann Festschr. ’54, 52–59; HHegermann, TLZ 85, ’60, 839–42; ESchweizer, ibid. 86, ’61, 161–74; 241–56; JMeuzelaar, D. Leib des Messias, ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body, ’62; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 201–304; JZiegler, NovT 25, ’83, 133–45 (LXX); JDunn: JSNT Suppl. 100, ’94, 163–81 (Col.).—B. 198. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > σῶμα

  • 17 use

    ̘. ̈n.ju:s
    1. сущ.
    1) употребление, применение, использование to make use ofизвлекать пользу из чего-л. to put smth. to good use ≈ найти хорошее применение чему-л. constant use ≈ постоянное использование Do you have any use for this old paper? ≈ Вам зачем-нибудь нужны эти старые газеты? The visitors were denied use of the library. ≈ Посетителям не разрешили воспользоваться услугами библиотеки. to be out of use, fall out of useвыйти из употребления daily use ≈ ежедневное употребление emergency use extensive use external use internal use official use practical use wide use
    2) а) (ис) пользование;
    способность или право пользования( чем-л.) He lost the use of his eyes. ≈ Он ослеп. He put the use of his house at my disposal. ≈ Он предложил мне пользоваться своим домом. б) юр. управление имуществом по доверенности;
    доход от управления имуществом по доверенности
    3) а) назначение, цель б) польза, толк Is there any use? ≈ Стоит ли? I have no use for it разг. ≈ мне это совершенно не нужно;
    я этого не выношу What's the use of arguing? ≈ К чему спорить? Is there any use in trying again? ≈ Имеет ли смысл сделать еще одну попытку? What's the use of worrying? ≈ Какой прок от того, что вы будете волноваться? It was of no earthly use to us. ≈ Для нас это оказалось совершенно бесполезным. Can I be of any use to you? ≈ Могу ли я быть чем-нибудь вам полезен?
    4) а) обыкновение, привычка, уклад Long use has reconciled me to it. ≈ Я примирился с этим благодаря давнишней привычке. б) ритуал церкви, епархии
    2. гл.
    1) а) использовать, пользоваться, применять, употреблять to use one's brains, to use one's wits ≈ 'шевелить мозгами' to use widelyшироко применять, широко использовать Let's use paper plates for the picnic. ≈ Давайте возьмем в поход бумажные тарелки. May I use your name? ≈ Могу я на вас сослаться? She used the candlestick as a paperweight. ≈ Она использовала подсвечник вместо пресс-папье. Syn: employ, utilize б) (из) расходовать, использовать They use 10 tons of coal a month. ≈ Они расходуют 10 тонн угля в месяц. Syn: consume, expend, utilize Ant: conserve, waste
    2) а) обыкн. ;
    только прош. вр. быть привычным, иметь привычку делать что-л. б) обращаться, обходиться( с кем-л.) He thinks himself ill used. ≈ Он считает, что с ним плохо обошлись. ∙ use as use to use up употребление, использование, применение - the * of the telephone пользование телефоном - to be in * быть в употреблении - to be out of * выйти из употребления - to come into * войти в употребление - in daily * в обиходе - to make * of smth. употреблять что-л., пользоваться чем-л. - to make * of smb.'s name ссылаться на кого-л. - directions for * правила употребления - he made good * of his space time он хорошо использовал свое свободное время цель, назначение - a tool with several *s инструмент, применяемый для различных целей - to put smth. to (a) good * правильно использовать что-л. - have yoi any * for a new calendar? вам не понадобится новый календарь? польза, толк, выгода - to be of * быть бесполезным - to be of little * быть мало полезным - it's no * talking нет смысла разговаривать - is there any * in discussing the matter further? стоит ли обсуждать дальше этот вопрос? - what's the *? к чему?, какой смысл?, какой толк? все это ни к чему! (выражение отчаяния) способность пользования (чем-л.) - he lost the * of his left arm он потерял способность владеть левой рукой - she lost the * of his eyes она ослепла право пользования - he gave his friend the * of his library он предоставил приятелю право пользоваться своей библиотекой - she had the * of the estate for life за ней было оставлено право пожизненного пользования этим владением привычка, обыкновение - it was his * to walk ten miles every day у него была привычка ходить ежедневно по десять миль - according to an ancient * cогласно старинному обычаю - * and wont обычная практика - * is second nature привычка - вторая натура( церковное) ритуал;
    чин( литургии) > to have no * for не нуждаться( в чем-л.) ;
    не выносить, презирать;
    быть нетерпимым (к кому-л.) ;
    не хотеть иметь дело( с кем-л.) употреблять, пользоваться, применять - to * coal for heating purposes употреблять уголь для отопления - to * gas пользоваться газом - to * a rigth использовать какое-л. право - to * one's legs ходить - to * one's eyes смотреть - to * one's brains шевелить мозгами - may I * your telephone? можно мне воспользоваться вашим телефоном? - he never *s a dictionary он никогда не пользуется словарем - to force применить силу - to * to advantage использовать с выгодой прибегать( к чему-л.), пользоваться (чем-л.) - we must * the services of an agent мы должны прибегнуть к услугам агента - may I * your name? могу я сослаться на вас? использовать в своих интересах - they *d every artifice to get our help они прибегали ко всяческим хитростям, чтобы добиться от нас помощи потреблять, расходовать - we have *d all the eggs for this omelette мы израсходовали все яйца на этот омлет - they * a ton of coal in a month они ежемесячно расходуют тонну угля тратить, проводить (время) - they *d thirty days in travelling about 1,000 miles они потратили 30 дней, чтобы проехать 1000 миль обращаться, обходиться (с кем-л.) ;
    относиться( к кому-л.) - to * smb. well обращаться с кем-л. хорошо - to * smb. like a dog обращаться с кем-л. как с собакой - to * a man after his deserts обойтись с кем-л. по заслугам приучать - to * oneself to speak aloud приучать себя говорить громко иметь в прошлом обыкновение делать что-л;
    некогда быть каким-л. - I *d to take the bus я обычно ездил на автобусе - there *d to be a cinema in this street на этой улице было когда-то кино - winters *d to be not so harsh раньше зимы не были такими суровыми - she didn't * to be so outspoken (просторечие) когда-то она не была такой откровенной (американизм) (сленг) употреблять наркотики, быть наркоманом (диалектизм) (американизм) часто посещать( человека или место) assets not in ~ неиспользуемые активы ~ польза;
    толк;
    to be of (no) use быть (бес) полезным;
    is there any use? стоит ли?;
    what's the use of arguing? к чему спорить? to be (или to fall) out of ~ выйти из употребления;
    to put knowledge to use применять знания на практике by ~ вчт. путем использования collective ~ совместное потребление common ~ общее употребление compulsory ~ пат. обязательное использование domestic ~ бытовое пользование efficient ~ вчт. эффективное использование ~ up истощать;
    to feel used up чувствовать себя совершенно обессиленным final ~ конечное использование free ~ свободное применение general ~ основное применение ~ (ис) пользование;
    способность или право пользования (чем-л.) ;
    to have the use (of smth.) пользоваться (чем-л.) he lost the ~ of his eyes он ослеп;
    to make use of, to put to use использовать, воспользоваться he put the ~ of his house at my disposal он предложил мне пользоваться своим домом;
    to lose the use (of smth.) потерять способность пользоваться (чем-л.) ~ обращаться, обходиться (с кем-л.) ;
    to use (smb.) like a dog третировать( кого-л.) ;
    he thinks himself ill used он считает, что с ним плохо обошлись I have no ~ for it разг. мне это совершенно не нужно I have no ~ for it разг. я этого не выношу I used to see him often я часто его встречал;
    it used to be said (бывало) говорили illegal ~ вчт. незаконное использование illicit ~ запрещенное использование improper ~ ненадлежащее использование ~ употребление;
    применение;
    in use в употреблении;
    in daily use в частом употреблении;
    в обиходе ~ употребление;
    применение;
    in use в употреблении;
    in daily use в частом употреблении;
    в обиходе ~ польза;
    толк;
    to be of (no) use быть (бес) полезным;
    is there any use? стоит ли?;
    what's the use of arguing? к чему спорить? I used to see him often я часто его встречал;
    it used to be said (бывало) говорили joint ~ совместное использование joint ~ совместное пользование land ~ землепользование ~ обыкновение, привычка;
    use and wont обычная практика;
    long use has reconciled me to it я примирился с этим благодаря давнишней привычке he put the ~ of his house at my disposal он предложил мне пользоваться своим домом;
    to lose the use (of smth.) потерять способность пользоваться (чем-л.) he lost the ~ of his eyes он ослеп;
    to make use of, to put to use использовать, воспользоваться make ~ of использовать make ~ of применять make ~ of употреблять ~ употреблять, пользоваться, применять;
    to use one's brains (или one's wits) "шевелить мозгами";
    may I use your name? могу я на вас сослаться? noncommercial ~ вчт. некоммерческое использование official ~ официальное использование personal ~ личное использование prior ~ пат. преждепользование prior ~ преимущественное использование private ~ вчт. индивидуальное использование private ~ личное пользование private ~ частное использование proper ~ использование по назначению public ~ общественное пользование to be (или to fall) out of ~ выйти из употребления;
    to put knowledge to use применять знания на практике simultaneous ~ одновременное использование there used to be a house here раньше здесь стоял дом ~ использовать, израсходовать;
    they use 10 tons of coal a month они расходуют 10 тонн угля в месяц ~ цель, назначение;
    a tool with many uses инструмент, применяемый для различных целей unauthorized ~ неразрешенное использование unauthorized ~ несанкционированное использование use доверительная собственность, учрежденная для обеспечения за бенефециарием права присвоения плодов вещи ~ использование ~ использовать, израсходовать;
    they use 10 tons of coal a month они расходуют 10 тонн угля в месяц ~ использовать ~ обращаться, обходиться (с кем-л.) ;
    to use (smb.) like a dog третировать (кого-л.) ;
    he thinks himself ill used он считает, что с ним плохо обошлись ~ обыкновение, привычка;
    use and wont обычная практика;
    long use has reconciled me to it я примирился с этим благодаря давнишней привычке ~ польза;
    толк;
    to be of (no) use быть (бес) полезным;
    is there any use? стоит ли?;
    what's the use of arguing? к чему спорить? ~ польза ~ (ис) пользование;
    способность или право пользования (чем-л.) ;
    to have the use (of smth.) пользоваться (чем-л.) ~ пользоваться, использовать, обращать в свою пользу ~ потреблять ~ право пользования ~ право пользования доходами от вещи ~ право присвоения плодов вещи;
    право пользования доходами от вещи ~ применение ~ применять ~ расходовать ~ ритуал церкви, епархии ~ способность пользования ~ употребление;
    применение;
    in use в употреблении;
    in daily use в частом употреблении;
    в обиходе ~ употребление ~ употреблять, пользоваться, применять;
    to use one's brains (или one's wits) "шевелить мозгами";
    may I use your name? могу я на вас сослаться? ~ употреблять ~ юр. управление имуществом по доверенности;
    доход от управления имуществом по доверенности ~ цель, назначение;
    a tool with many uses инструмент, применяемый для различных целей ~ обыкновение, привычка;
    use and wont обычная практика;
    long use has reconciled me to it я примирился с этим благодаря давнишней привычке ~ обращаться, обходиться (с кем-л.) ;
    to use (smb.) like a dog третировать (кого-л.) ;
    he thinks himself ill used он считает, что с ним плохо обошлись ~ of capital использование капитала ~ of force применение силы ~ of foreign exchange reserves использование валютных резервов ~ of income использование дохода ~ употреблять, пользоваться, применять;
    to use one's brains (или one's wits) "шевелить мозгами";
    may I use your name? могу я на вас сослаться? ~ up израсходовать, использовать;
    истратить ~ up израсходовать ~ up использовать ~ up истощать;
    to feel used up чувствовать себя совершенно обессиленным ~ польза;
    толк;
    to be of (no) use быть (бес) полезным;
    is there any use? стоит ли?;
    what's the use of arguing? к чему спорить? wide ~ вчт. широкое использование

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > use

  • 18 πνευματικός

    πνευματικός, ή, όν (πνεῦμα; Pre-Socr. et al., mostly in the sense ‘pert. to wind or breath’; Strabo 1, 3, 5; Cleom. [II A.D.] 1, 8 p. 84, 22; Vett. Val. p. 1, 11; 231, 20; PLond I, 46, 25 p. 66 [IV A.D.?]; PGM 5, 25; GrBar 13:4 [π. πατέρας]; Philo; Just.; Tat. 15, 3) predom. in Paul in our lit. (elsewh. only 1 Pt, 2 Cl, B, Ign., D)
    pert. to spirit as inner life of a human being, spiritual (s. πνεῦμα 3.—Plut., Mor. 129c πν. stands in contrast to σωματικόν; Hierocles 27, 483 τὸ πνευματικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ὄχημα= the spiritual vehicle of the soul; cp. also Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 242); so perh. ἐπιμελείᾳ σαρκικῇ καὶ πνευματικῆ IPol 1:2 (s. ἐπιμέλεια); cp. 2:2; IMg 13:2; ISm 12:2; 13:2. But mng. 2a is not improb.
    In the great majority of cases in ref. to the divine πνεῦμα (s. πνεῦμα 5) having to do with the (divine) spirit, caused by or filled with the (divine) spirit, pert./corresponding to the (divine) spirit (Philo, Abr. 113; PGM 4, 1778; Zosimus [2aγ below, end]).
    adj.
    α. of Jesus; in his preexistence 2 Cl 14:2. σαρκικός τε καὶ πνευματικός of flesh and (at the same time) of spirit IEph 7:2. Of the δεύτερος ἄνθρωπος 1 Cor 15:47 P46 (s. also the addition ὁ κύριος).
    β. as a rule it is used of impersonal things (πλήρωμα Iren. 1, 1, 3 [Harv. I 11, 11]; νόμος Orig., C. Cels. 4, 1, 28; βρῶμα 2, 2, 50; ἀρετή Did., Gen. 236, 6): the law given by God Ro 7:14. χάρισμα πν. 1:11. τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάριν B 1:2 (s. δωρεά). εὐλογία πν. Eph 1:3 (s. εὐλογία 3bα). ᾠδαὶ πν. spiritual songs 5:19; Col 3:16 (cp. Just., D. 118, 2 πν. αἴνους). σύνεσις πν. understanding given by the Spirit 1:9. Christians are to let themselves be built up into an οἶκος πν. 1 Pt 2:5a and they are to bring πν. θυσίαι vs. 5b (ESelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 281–85). Using the same figure, B 16:10 characterizes the believer as πν. ναός. Ign. calls his bonds πν. μαργαρῖται IEph 11:2; the fellowship that binds him to the Ephesian bishop is συνήθεια οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνη ἀλλὰ πνευματική 5:1; the presbytery he calls ἀξιόπλοκος πνευματικὸς στέφανος a worthily woven spiritual wreath IMg 13:1.—Of the Lord’s Supper and its OT counterpart: πνευματικὸν βρῶμα 1 Cor 10:3 and πν. πόμα vs. 4a, the former in the manna granted fr. heaven (s. βρῶμα 1), the latter in the water ἐκ πν. πέτρας vs. 4b (s. πέτρα 1a). πνευματικὴ τροφὴ καὶ (sc. πνευματικὸν) ποτόν D 10:3.—That which belongs to the transcendent order of being is described as πν.: accordingly, the resurrection body is a σῶμα πν. (the expr.: Cleopatra p. 24 ln. 24) 1 Cor 15:44a; cp. vs. 44b. Of the preexistent church 2 Cl 14:1, 2, 3.
    γ. ὁ πνευματικὸς (w. ἄνθρωπος to be supplied) 1 Cor 2:15 stands in contrast to ψυχικὸς ἄνθρωπος of vs. 14. The latter is a person who has nothing more than an ordinary human soul; the former possesses the divine πνεῦμα, not beside his natural human soul, but in place of it; this enables the person to penetrate the divine mysteries. This treatment of ψυχή and πνεῦμα in contrast to each other is also found in Hellenistic mysticism (s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 70f; 325ff; 333ff; JWeiss, exc. on 1 Cor 15:44a. See also Zosimus in CALG pt. 2, 230 οὐ δεῖ τὸν πνευματικὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν ἐπιγνόντα ἑαυτὸν κτλ.=Hermetica IV p. 105, 25 Sc.; s. also p. 107, 7. Iren. 1, 8, 3 [Harv. I 72, 6].—HMüller, Plotinos u. der Ap. Pls: Her 54, 1919, 109f).
    subst.
    α. neut. τὰ πνευματικά spiritual things or matters (in contrast to τὰ σαρκικά earthly things) Ro 15:27; 1 Cor 9:11; it is characteristic of adherents to sound tradition, as τὰ σαρκ. is of dissidents IEph 8:2 (s. β below).—τὰ πν. spiritual gifts 1 Cor 12:1 (the gen. here may also be masc. those who possess spiritual gifts); 14:1. In πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ συγκρίνοντες 1 Cor 2:13 the dat. is either to be taken as a neut. (Lghtf., BWeiss, Bachmann, Ltzm., Rtzst. op. cit. 336, H-DWendland) or as a masc. (Schmiedel, Heinrici, JWeiss, Sickenberger); s. συγκρίνω and πνευματικῶς 2.—τὸ πνευματικόν (in contrast to τὸ ψυχικόν [s. 2aγ above]) 1 Cor 15:46.
    β. masc. (ὁ) πνευματικός possessing the Spirit, the one who possesses the Spirit (w. προφήτης) 1 Cor 14:37. (οἱ) πνευματικοί (οὐδεὶς ἢ οἱ πν. μόνοι Hippol., Ref. 5, 9, 6) (the) spirit-filled people 3:1 (opp. σάρκινοι and νήπιοι ἐν Χριστῷ); Gal 6:1; B 4:11; IEph 8:2 (of adherents to sound tradition in contrast to σαρκικοί, dissidents; s. 2bα above). Perh. also 1 Cor 2:13 and 12:1 (2bα).
    pert. to (evil) spirits (s. πνεῦμα 4c) subst. τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας the spirit-forces of evil Eph 6:12.—DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνευματικός

  • 19 χάρισμα

    χάρισμα, ατος, τό (χαρίζομαι) that which is freely and graciously given, favor bestowed, gift (Sir 7:33 v.l.; 38:30 v.l.; Theod. Ps 30:22; TestSol; OdeSol 11:10; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 78 [twice]: γενέσεως δὲ οὐδὲν χάρισμα and δωρεὰ καὶ εὐεργεσία καὶ χάρισμα θεοῦ; SibOr 2, 54 θεοῦ χ.; Just., D. 82, 1; 88, 1.—Alciphron 3, 17, 4 [it is poss. that this comes fr. Attic comedy: Kock III p. 677]; BGU 1044, 4 [IV A.D.] of benefits bestowed. Other non-Jewish/Christian exx. of the word come fr. later times: BGU 551, 3; PLond I, 77, 24 p. 233; Sb 4789, 7; Achmes 4, 13; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 537f) in our lit. only of gifts of divine beneficence.
    gener., the earthly goods bestowed by God D 1:5. The privileges granted to the people of Israel Ro 11:29. The gracious gift of rescue fr. mortal danger 2 Cor 1:11. The spiritual possession of the believer Ro 1:11 (χάρισμα πνευματικόν); 1 Cor 1:7; ISm ins; IPol 2:2. The gracious gift of redemption Ro 5:15f; IEph 17:2. τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος Ro 6:23.
    of special gifts of a non-material sort, bestowed through God’s generosity on individual Christians 1 Pt 4:10; 1 Cl 38:1. Of the gift for carrying out special tasks, mediated by the laying on of hands 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of the power to be continent in sexual matters 1 Cor 7:7. Of spiritual gifts in a special sense (Just., D. 82, 1 and Iren. 5, 6, 1 [Harv. II 334, 2] προφητικὰ χ.; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 46, 12; Hippol., Ref. 8, 19, 2) Ro 12:6; 1 Cor 12:4, 9, 28, 30, 31.—S. in addition to the lit. s.v. γλῶσσα 3 also GWetter, Charis 1913, 168–87; EBuonaiuti, I Carismi: Ricerche religiose 4, 1928 259–61; FGrau, Der ntliche Begriff Χάρισμα, diss. Tübingen ’47; HHCharles, The Charismatic Life in the Apost. Church, diss. Edinburgh, ’58; APiepkorn, CTM 42, ’71, 369–89 (NT and Ap. Fathers); ENardoni, The Concept of Charism in Paul: CBQ 55, ’93, 68–80; TRE VII 688–93.—DELG s.v. χάρις. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > χάρισμα

См. также в других словарях:

  • earthly — [[t]ɜ͟ː(r)θli[/t]] 1) ADJ: ADJ n Earthly means happening in the material world of our life on earth and not in any spiritual life or life after death. ...the need to confront evil during the earthly life... They lived in an earthly paradise. 2)… …   English dictionary

  • earthly — earthliness, n. /errth lee/, adj., earthlier, earthliest. 1. of or pertaining to the earth, esp. as opposed to heaven; worldly. 2. possible or conceivable: an invention of no earthly use to anyone. [bef. 1000; ME erth(e)ly, OE eorthlic. See EARTH …   Universalium

  • earthly — earth|ly [ˈə:θli US ˈə:rθli] adj 1.) no earthly reason/use etc no reason, use etc at all ▪ I see no earthly reason why he shouldn t come. 2.) [only before noun] literary connected with life on Earth rather than in heaven ▪ our earthly pleasures ▪ …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • earthly — adjective 1 no earthly reason/use/solution etc no reason, use etc at all: There seemed to be no earthly reason for his strange behaviour. 2 (only before noun) literary connected with life on Earth rather than in heaven: our earthly pleasures …   Longman dictionary of contemporary English

  • Our Lady of Victory Basilica (Lackawanna, New York) — The front exterior of Our Lady of Victory Basilica. V …   Wikipedia

  • earthly — earthen, earthly, earthy Earthen is used only in the physical sense ‘made of earth’ (either soil, or clay as in earthenware): • No city or government wants to build earthen structures or allow them to be built New Scientist, 1971. Earthly has two …   Modern English usage

  • The Garden of Earthly Delights — Infobox Painting painting alignment = right image size = 300px title = The Garden of Earthly Delights artist = Hieronymus Bosch year = 1503 1504 type = Oil on wood triptych height = 220 width = 389 height inch = 87 width inch = 153 city = Madrid… …   Wikipedia

  • Meaning of life — This article is about the philosophical concept. For other uses, see Meaning of life (disambiguation). Where Do We Come From? What Are We? Where Are We Going? One of Post Impressionist Paul Gauguin s most famous paintings. The meaning of life… …   Wikipedia

  • Extraterrestrial life — For fiction, see Extraterrestrials in fiction. For other uses, see Alien (disambiguation). A 1967 Soviet Union 16 kopeks postage stamp, depicting a satellite from an imagined extraterrestrial civilization …   Wikipedia

  • The Voyage of Life — series, painted by Thomas Cole in 1840, is a series of paintings that represent an allegory of the four stages of human life: childhood, youth, manhood, and old age. The paintings follow a voyager who travels in a boat on a river through the mid… …   Wikipedia

  • One Life (33Miles album) — One Life Studio album by 33Miles Released September 16, 2008 …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»